hardware description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

306
SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module Hardware Description Issue 09 Date 2017-06-30 HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Upload: others

Post on 08-Dec-2021

15 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access Module

Hardware Description

Issue 09

Date 2017-06-30

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Page 2: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2017. All rights reserved.No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior writtenconsent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respectiveholders. NoticeThe purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and thecustomer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within thepurchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees orrepresentations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in thepreparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, andrecommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.Address: Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, LonggangShenzhen 518129People's Republic of China

Website: http://www.huawei.com

Email: [email protected]

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

i

Page 3: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Contents

1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

2 Chassis Description.......................................................................................................................42.1 Appearance..................................................................................................................................................................... 42.2 Hardware Configuration................................................................................................................................................. 62.3 Chassis Power Consumption.......................................................................................................................................... 72.4 Fan Tray........................................................................................................................................................................102.5 Power Supply Parameters.............................................................................................................................................122.6 Physical Specifications................................................................................................................................................. 132.7 Outdoor Cabinets..........................................................................................................................................................13

3 Board.............................................................................................................................................. 163.1 Board Overview............................................................................................................................................................173.1.1 Board Structure..........................................................................................................................................................173.1.2 Board Dimensions..................................................................................................................................................... 193.1.3 Board Name and Version...........................................................................................................................................193.1.4 Board Label............................................................................................................................................................... 203.2 Mapping Between Boards and Software Versions....................................................................................................... 213.3 Mapping Between Boards and Control Boards............................................................................................................ 253.4 Board Power Consumption...........................................................................................................................................273.5 Control Board............................................................................................................................................................... 323.5.1 Differences Between Control Boards........................................................................................................................ 323.5.2 H831CCUB Board Description................................................................................................................................. 353.5.3 H831CCUC Board Description................................................................................................................................. 423.5.4 H831CCUE Board Description................................................................................................................................. 483.5.5 Daughter Board..........................................................................................................................................................583.6 VDSL2 Service Board.................................................................................................................................................. 613.6.1 Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards...........................................................................................................613.6.2 H835VDGE Board Description.................................................................................................................................663.6.3 H835VDSE Board Description................................................................................................................................. 703.6.4 H835VDSH Board Description................................................................................................................................. 733.6.5 H835VDTH Board Description.................................................................................................................................763.6.6 H836VCLE Board Description................................................................................................................................. 793.6.7 H83BVDLE Board Description.................................................................................................................................82

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description Contents

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

ii

Page 4: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.6.8 H83BVDLF Board Description.................................................................................................................................863.6.9 H83BVCLE Board Description.................................................................................................................................893.6.10 H83BVCLF Board Description............................................................................................................................... 933.6.11 H83BVDMM Board Description.............................................................................................................................973.6.12 H83BVCMM Board Description...........................................................................................................................1003.6.13 H83DVCMM Board Description.......................................................................................................................... 1043.6.14 H83DSDMM Board Description...........................................................................................................................1083.6.15 H836VCPE Board Description..............................................................................................................................1123.6.16 H83DVCPE Board Description............................................................................................................................. 1163.6.17 H83DVCPD Board Description............................................................................................................................ 1203.7 ADSL2+ Service Board..............................................................................................................................................1243.7.1 Differences Between ADSL2+ Service Boards.......................................................................................................1243.7.2 H83AADLE, H835ADLE, and H836ADLE Board Description............................................................................ 1253.7.3 H836ADPE Board Description............................................................................................................................... 1293.8 SHDSL Service Board................................................................................................................................................1323.8.1 H832SHLH Board Description............................................................................................................................... 1323.9 Ethernet Service Board...............................................................................................................................................1363.9.1 Differences Between Ethernet Service Boards........................................................................................................1363.9.2 H831EIUD Board Description................................................................................................................................ 1363.9.3 H831EIUA Board Description................................................................................................................................ 1403.10 Voice Service Board................................................................................................................................................. 1423.10.1 Differences Between Voice Service Boards.......................................................................................................... 1423.10.2 H838ASRB Board Description............................................................................................................................. 1433.10.3 H837ASPB, H838ASPB, and H839ASPB Board Description............................................................................. 1473.10.4 H832DSLD Board Description............................................................................................................................. 1503.10.5 H831EDTB Board Description............................................................................................................................. 1533.11 Combo Board............................................................................................................................................................1593.11.1 Differences Between Combo Boards.....................................................................................................................1603.11.2 H835CALE Board Description..............................................................................................................................1643.11.3 H836CALE Board Description..............................................................................................................................1693.11.4 H83BCVLC and H83BCVLE Board Description................................................................................................. 1743.11.5 H836CCME Board Description.............................................................................................................................1793.11.6 H83DCCME Board Description............................................................................................................................1843.11.7 H83DCSME Board Description............................................................................................................................ 1893.12 Power Board............................................................................................................................................................. 1943.12.1 Differences Between Power Boards...................................................................................................................... 1953.12.2 H831PDIA Board Description...............................................................................................................................1963.12.3 H832PDIA Board Description...............................................................................................................................1993.12.4 H832PDVA Board Description..............................................................................................................................2013.12.5 H832PDVAA Board Description...........................................................................................................................2043.12.6 H832PDMSB Board Description.......................................................................................................................... 2063.12.7 H832PDNAA Board Description.......................................................................................................................... 208

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description Contents

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iii

Page 5: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.12.8 H832PDVSA Board Description........................................................................................................................... 2113.12.9 H832PDVSB Board Description........................................................................................................................... 2133.12.10 H831PAVDA Board Description......................................................................................................................... 2153.12.11 H831PAIA Board Description............................................................................................................................. 2183.12.12 H831PAIC Board Description............................................................................................................................. 2203.12.13 H831PAIB Board Description............................................................................................................................. 2213.12.14 VCE Daughter Board...........................................................................................................................................2263.13 Board Indicator......................................................................................................................................................... 2293.14 Optical Module......................................................................................................................................................... 240

4 Cable............................................................................................................................................ 2474.1 DC Power Cable......................................................................................................................................................... 2484.2 AC Power Cable......................................................................................................................................................... 2504.3 Lead-acid Battery Power Cable..................................................................................................................................2514.4 Fe-lithium Battery Power Cable................................................................................................................................. 2534.5 PGND Cable............................................................................................................................................................... 2554.6 Local Maintenance Serial Cable.................................................................................................................................2564.7 Local Maintenance and Environment Monitoring Combo Cable...............................................................................2584.8 Network Cable............................................................................................................................................................2594.9 CXP High-Speed Cable.............................................................................................................................................. 2614.10 Environment Monitoring Cable................................................................................................................................2634.11 Clock Bridging Cable............................................................................................................................................... 2654.12 Subscriber Cable.......................................................................................................................................................2674.12.1 32-Channel Subscriber Cable................................................................................................................................ 2674.13 E1 Trunk Cable.........................................................................................................................................................2704.13.1 75-ohm E1 Trunk Cable........................................................................................................................................ 2704.13.2 120-ohm E1 Trunk Cable...................................................................................................................................... 2734.14 Optical Fiber............................................................................................................................................................. 275

5 Electromechanical Device........................................................................................................ 2785.1 EPS30-4815AF Power System...................................................................................................................................2785.2 ETP4830 Power System............................................................................................................................................. 285

6 Environment Requirement...................................................................................................... 2926.1 Operation Environment.............................................................................................................................................. 2926.2 Transport Environment............................................................................................................................................... 2936.3 Storage Environment.................................................................................................................................................. 2966.4 Corrosive Gas Control................................................................................................................................................ 2976.5 Environment Requirements on Outdoor Cabinets......................................................................................................298

7 A Acronyms and Abbreviations............................................................................................. 299

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description Contents

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

iv

Page 6: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

1 About This Document

Intended AudienceThis document describes the hardware of the MA5616 in terms of chassis, board, cable, andelectromechanical device.

This document is intended for:

l Network planning engineerl Hardware installation engineerl Installation and commissioning engineerl Field maintenance engineerl Data configuration engineerl System maintenance engineer

Symbol ConventionsThe following symbols may be found in this document. They are defined as follows:

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level or medium level of riskwhich, if not avoided, could result in death or seriousinjury.

Indicates a hazard with a low level of risk which, if notavoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if notavoided, could result in equipment damage, data loss,performance deterioration, or unanticipated results.

Provides a tip that may help you solve a problem or savetime.

Provides additional information to emphasize orsupplement important points in the main text.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 1 About This Document

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

1

Page 7: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Change History

Updates between document issues are cumulative. Therefore, the latest document issuecontains all updates made in previous issues.

Updates in Issue 11 (2018-04-30)

This issue is the eleventh official release. It has the following changes:

The 3.12.6 H832PDMSB Board Description and H836VPME daughter board are added.

Updates in Issue 10 (2017-09-30)

This issue is the tenth official release. It has the following changes:

The H831GE4A daughter board is added.

Updates in Issue 09 (2017-06-30)

This issue is the ninth official release. It has the following changes:

Added: 3.11.7 H83DCSME Board Description

Updates in Issue 08 (2016-07-10)

This issue is the eighth official release. It has the following changes:

l Added: 3.11.3 H836CALE Board Descriptionl Added: 3.12.8 H832PDVSA Board Descriptionl Added: 3.12.9 H832PDVSB Board Descriptionl Modified: 3.12.1 Differences Between Power Boardsl Modified: 3.11.1 Differences Between Combo Boardsl Modified: 2.4 Fan Trayl Modified: 3.2 Mapping Between Boards and Software Versionsl Modified: 3.3 Mapping Between Boards and Control Boardsl Modified: 3.4 Board Power Consumption

Updates in Issue 07 (2016-03-31)

This issue is the seventh official release. It has the following changes:

l Modified: 3.4 Board Power Consumptionl Modified: 2.3 Chassis Power Consumption

Updates in Issue 06 (2015-09-30)

This issue is the sixth official release. It has the following changes:

l Added: 3.6.17 H83DVCPD Board Descriptionl Added: 3.6.14 H83DSDMM Board Description

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 1 About This Document

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

2

Page 8: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Updates in Issue 05 (2015-08-28)This issue is the fifth official release. It has the following changes:

Modified: 3.10.3 H837ASPB, H838ASPB, and H839ASPB Board Description

Updates in Issue 04 (2015-05-30)This issue is the fourth official release. It has the following changes:l Added: 3.11.6 H83DCCME Board Descriptionl Added: 3.6.13 H83DVCMM Board Descriptionl Added: 3.6.16 H83DVCPE Board Description

Updates in Issue 03 (2015-02-17)This issue is the third official release. It has the following changes:l Added: 3.5.1 Differences Between Control Boardsl Added: 3.7.1 Differences Between ADSL2+ Service Boardsl Added: 3.9.1 Differences Between Ethernet Service Boardsl Added: 3.10.1 Differences Between Voice Service Boardsl Added: 3.11.1 Differences Between Combo Boards

Updates in Issue 02 (2014-10-30)This issue is the second official release. Add the boards:l 3.6.15 H836VCPE Board Descriptionl 3.11.5 H836CCME Board Description

Updates in Issue 01 (2014-04-30)This issue is the first official release.

The hardware description of V800RR310C00 and later versions is integrated to facilitatequery of hardware support and implementation for various versions.

3.2 Mapping Between Boards and Software Versions is added to describe SoftwareVersions Supported by This Board, Out of Product or Not, and Substitution Relationship.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 1 About This Document

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

3

Page 9: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

2 Chassis Description

About This Chapter

2.1 AppearanceThe MA5616 chassis houses six boards and a fan tray. Mounting ears are provided forinstalling the MA5616 chassis in a 19-inch cabinet or rack.

2.2 Hardware ConfigurationIn the MA5616 chassis, slot 0 houses the control board, slots 1-4 service boards, and slot 5power board.

2.3 Chassis Power ConsumptionThis topic provides the dimensions, weight, and typical power consumption of the MA5616chassis.

2.4 Fan TrayThe MA5616 chassis provides a fan tray that houses a fan monitoring board and fans for heatdissipation.

2.5 Power Supply ParametersThe MA5616 can be powered by a DC or AC power source using a DC or AC power board.After power board conversion, the MA5616 discharges electricity for the backplane andsupplies power to service boards, control board, and fan monitoring board using thebackplane.

2.6 Physical SpecificationsThis topic provides the dimensions, weight of the MA5616 chassis.

2.7 Outdoor CabinetsThe MA5616 can be installed in outdoor cabinets.

2.1 AppearanceThe MA5616 chassis houses six boards and a fan tray. Mounting ears are provided forinstalling the MA5616 chassis in a 19-inch cabinet or rack.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

4

Page 10: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Appearance

Figure 2-1 Appearance of the MA5616 (AC-powered, configured with CCUE control board)

NOTEThe MA5616 appearance varies depending on boards equipped on it. Figure 2-1 shows the appearanceof the MA5616 configured with the CCUE control board, AC-powered. For details, see boardintroduction.

ESD JackWear an ESD wrist strap when inserting and removing a board. Insert one end of the ESDwrist strap into the ESD jack in the left of the chassis.

Figure 2-2 Position of the ESD jack on the MA5616 chassis

GroundingThe MA5616 chassis must be grounded properly so that the lightning can flow to the ground,which improves the capability of the chassis for resisting the electromagnetic interference.

NOTICEl Ensure that the ground cable is connected correctly so that the MA5616 chassis is

protected against lightning and interference. The correct connection of the ground cable isan important measure to ensure the human safety.

l The ground resistance of the chassis is recommended to be smaller than 10 ohms. Inaddition, the national or local standards and specifications need to be referenced.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

5

Page 11: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Connect the ground point on the chassis shell or ground point on the mounting ears to theground point of the cabinet by using a ground cable for grounding the MA5616 chassis. Selectone ground method based on the installation scenario.

Figure 2-3 Ground points of the MA5616 chassis

2.2 Hardware ConfigurationIn the MA5616 chassis, slot 0 houses the control board, slots 1-4 service boards, and slot 5power board.

MA5616s support H831MABA and H831MABB backplanes. If an MA5616 is required tosupport vectoring, configure an H831MABB backplane for it.

Figure 2-4 shows the layout of the MA5616 chassis.

Figure 2-4 Layout of the MA5616 chassis

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

6

Page 12: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 2-1 Board configuration and slot restriction in the MA5616 chassis

Board Name Slot

Control board 0

VDSL2 service board 1-4 (These boards can be installed in all of the four slots.)NOTE

When the MA5616 uses the CCUC control board, EIUD can beinserted in slot 1 or 2, and can be configured in all the two serviceslots.

ADSL2+ service board

SHDSL service board

Ethernet service board

Voice board

Combo board

Power board 5

2.3 Chassis Power ConsumptionThis topic provides the dimensions, weight, and typical power consumption of the MA5616chassis.

NOTE

l The static power consumption is the power consumption in the case that all ports are not activated.

l The typical power consumption is the power consumption in the case that 50% broadband serviceports are activated and 25% telephones connected to the voice service ports are off-hook, and thePOTS current is 20 mA.

l The maximum power consumption is the power consumption in the case that all broadband serviceports are activated and its maximum number of concurrent voice ports supported are off-hook, andthe POTS current is 20 mA.

l The static, typical, and maximum power consumption are obtained when the fan rotates at a defaultrate.

l The power consumption of an MA5616 that uses a single gigabit Ethernet (GE) port for upstreamtransmission is 0.6 W less than that of anMA5616 that uses a single GPON port. The powerconsumption of an MA5616 that uses a single GPON port for upstream transmission is 11.4 W lessthan that of an MA5616 that uses a single 10G GPON port for upstream transmission.

l The following provides the typical power consumption. For more power consumption, use the "One-Stop Hardware Configuration Tool" from Access Network Hardware Configuration Tool.

l Table 2-2 lists the power consumption of the MA5616 chassis configured withH831CCUE control board (DC-powered, GPON upstream transmission).

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

7

Page 13: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 2-2 Power consumption of the MA5616 chassis (H832PDVAA-powered, GPONupstream transmission)

Typical Configuration StaticPowerConsumption (W)

TypicalPowerConsumption (W)

MaximumPowerConsumption (W)

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA) + 4 *H836ADLE

54 122 185

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA) + 4 *H835VDGE (17a)

77 118 161

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA) + 4 *H835VDSE (17a)

72 141 211

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA) + 4 *H83BVDLE (17a)

72 132 191

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA) + 4 *H83BVCLE/VCLF (17a)

115 181 241

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA) + 4 *H83BVCMM(17a)

127 217 302

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA) + 4 *H83DVCMM (17a)

98 172 241

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA) + *H83DVCPE (17a)

97 191 279

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA +H836ASDM) + 4 * H83DVCPE (17a)

103 196 287

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA +H836ASDM) + 4 * H83BVDMM (17a)

89 175 256

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA +H836ASDM) + 2 * H838ASPB

48 104 155

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA +H836ASDM) + 2 * H835ADLE + 2 *H838ASPB

58 140 220

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA +H836ASDM) + 4 * H835CALE

77 176 270

H831CCUE board (H831UPA2AA +H836ASDM) + 4 * H83BCVLE (17a)

101 200 300

l Table 2-3 lists the power consumption of the MA5616 chassis configured with

H831CCUB control board (AC-powered, GPON upstream transmission).

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

8

Page 14: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 2-3 Power consumption of the MA5616 chassis (H831PAIC-powered, GPONupstream transmission)

Typical Configuration StaticPowerConsumption (W)

TypicalPowerConsumption (W)

MaximumPowerConsumption (W)

H831CCUB board + 4*H835ADLE 53 116 193

H831CCUB board (H831GP1A) + 4 *H835VDGE (17a)

89 116 163

H831CCUB board (H831GP1A) + 4 *H835VDSE (17a)

78 138 216

H831CCUB board (H831GP1A) + 4 *H83BVDLE (17a)

78 130 196

H831CCUB board (H831GP1A+H836ASDM) + 2 * H838ASPB

55 98 156

H831CCUB board (H831GP1A+H836ASDM) + 2 * H835ADLE+ 2 *H838ASPB

66 139 225

H831CCUB board (H831GP1A+H836ASDM) + 4 * H835CALE

88 176 278

H831CCUB board (H831GP1A+H836ASDM) + 4 * H83BCVLE (17a)

113 203 313

l Table 2-4 lists the power consumption of the MA5616 chassis configured with

H831CCUC control board (AC-powered, GPON upstream transmission).

Table 2-4 Power consumption of the MA5616 chassis (H831PAIC-powered, GPONupstream transmission)

Typical Configuration StaticPowerConsumption (W)

TypicalPowerConsumption (W)

MaximumPowerConsumption (W)

H831CCUC board (H831UP2A) + 4 *H835ADLE

42 107 185

H831CCUC board (H831UP2A) + 4 *H835VDGE (17a)

78 107 155

H831CCUC board (H831UP2A) + 4 *H835VDSE

73 129 210

H831CCUC board (H831UP2A) + 4 *H83BVDLE (17a)

80 129 200

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

9

Page 15: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Typical Configuration StaticPowerConsumption (W)

TypicalPowerConsumption (W)

MaximumPowerConsumption (W)

H831CCUC board (H831UP2A) + 4 *H83BVDMM (17a)

90 168 255

H831CCUC board (H831UP2A +H836ASDM) + 2 * H838ASPB

43 93 147

H831CCUC board (H831UP2A +H836ASDM) + 2 * H835ADLE + 2 *H838ASPB

55 131 218

H831CCUC board (H831UP2A +H836ASDM) + 4 * H835CALE

77 169 270

H831CCUC board (H831UP2A +H836ASDM) + 4 * H83BCVLE (17a)

104 195 305

2.4 Fan TrayThe MA5616 chassis provides a fan tray that houses a fan monitoring board and fans for heatdissipation.

FunctionThe fan tray of the MA5616 chassis provides the following functions:

l Heat dissipation: The fan tray is located in the left part of the MA5616 chassis and blowsair to dissipate heat for the chassis.

l Monitoring: A fan monitoring board is configured in the fan tray. The fan monitoringboard checks whether the fans are functioning properly, provides a port forcommunicating with the control board, and periodically transmits the monitoringinformation to the control board.

l Speed adjustment: The fan tray automatically adjusts fan speed according to thetemperatures detected by temperature sensors on all boards and the traffic volume on thevoice service boards.

IndicatorTable 2-5 describes the FAN indicator on the fan tray of the MA5616 chassis.

Table 2-5 FAN indicator on the fan tray

Silk Screen Description

FAN Steady green The fan tray functions properly.

Steady red The fan tray is abnormal.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

10

Page 16: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Specifications

Table 2-6 Specifications of the fan tray

Parameter Specification

Dimensions (W x D x H) 29 mm x 220 mm x 85.5 mm

Weight 0.5 kg

Maximum power consumption 15 W (including the power consumption oftwo fans)

VentilationThe ventilation of the MA5616 chassis is as follows: Cool air enters the chassis from the leftside, and then flows towards the right side, and finally exits from the right side.

Figure 2-5 Ventilation of the MA5616 chassis

Fan StatusFans in the fan tray of the MA5616 chassis have the following modes:

l Self-check mode: Fans start running at full speed when the device is powered on for thefirst time or is reset. After fans start up, the duty ratio of fans is initialized.

l Troubleshooting mode: The remaining fans run in accordance with the actual amount ofwind required by the system cooling when one fan failure or stop rotation.

l Board-based fan speed adjustment mode: According to the temperatures detected bytemperature sensors on all boards and the traffic volume on the voice service boards,fans automatically adjust their speed.

Figure 2-6 shows the status transfer of the fans after the fan tray starts up.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

11

Page 17: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 2-6 Fan status transfer

2.5 Power Supply ParametersThe MA5616 can be powered by a DC or AC power source using a DC or AC power board.After power board conversion, the MA5616 discharges electricity for the backplane andsupplies power to service boards, control board, and fan monitoring board using thebackplane.

Figure 2-7 Power distribution principles of the MA5616 chassis

power board Backplane Boardinput

-48 V DC

BGND, GND

+12 V DC

+3.3 V DC

-48 V DC

+12 V DC

+3.3 V DC

BGND, GND

Table 2-7 lists the power supply parameters of the MA5616 chassis.

Table 2-7 Power supply parameters of the MA5616 chassis

Power supplymode

Working voltagerange

Maximum input current

DC power supply -38.4 V DC to -72 VDC

14 A

AC power supply 90 V AC to 264 VAC

6 A

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

12

Page 18: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Power supplymode

Working voltagerange

Maximum input current

AC power supplywith power backup

l AC powersupply: 90 V ACto 264 V AC

l Power backup:-43.2 V DC to-52 V DC

l AC power supply: 3 Al Power backup: 5 A

2.6 Physical SpecificationsThis topic provides the dimensions, weight of the MA5616 chassis.

DimensionsTable 2-8 lists the dimensions of the MA5616 chassis.

Table 2-8 Dimensions of the MA5616 chassis

Parameter Specification (W x D x H)

Dimensions (excluding mounting ears) 442 mm x 245 mm x 88.1 mm

Dimensions (including mounting ears) 482.6 mm x 245 mm x 88.1 mm

WeightTable 2-9 lists the weight of the MA5616 chassis.

Table 2-9 Weight of the MA5616 chassis

Parameter Specification

Weight (chassis in full configuration) ≤ 10.0 kg

2.7 Outdoor CabinetsThe MA5616 can be installed in outdoor cabinets.

NOTETable 2-10 lists only main outdoor cabinets housing the MA5616. For more outdoor cabinets supportedby the MA5616, see the outdoor cabinet description manual.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

13

Page 19: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 2-10 Main outdoor cabinets housing the MA5616

Outdoor Cabinet Appearance Dimensions (W x Dx H)

Typicalconfiguration

F01S50 560 mm x 200 mm x850 mm (with abattery compartment)560 mm x 200 mm x650 mm (without abattery compartment)

Can be equipped withone MA5616, whichprovides a maximumof:l 64 POTS portsl 64 ADSL2+ portsl 48 VDSL2 ports

F01S100 670 mm x 250 mm x830 mm (with abattery compartment)670 mm x 250 mm x1033 mm (with anenhanced heatdissipation module)670 mm x 250 mm x910 mm (with anenhanced heatdissipation moduleand batterycompartment)670 mm x 250 mm x1113 mm (with abattery compartment)

Can be equipped withone MA5616, whichprovides a maximumof:

l 256 POTS ports

l 32 ISDN ports

l 128 ADSL2+ports

l 128 VDSL2 ports

l 64 SHDSL ports

l 128 POTS andVDSL2 ports

l 128 POTS andADSL2+ ports

F01S200 750 mm x 350 mm x850 mm750 mm x 350 mm x270 mm (with abattery compartment)750 mm x 350 mm x80 mm (with anenhanced heatdissipation module)750 mm x 350 mm x1200 mm (with anenhanced heatdissipation moduleand batterycompartment)

Can be equipped withone MA5616, whichprovides a maximumof:l 192 VDSL2 portsl 128 POTS and

VDSL2+ portsl 128 POTS and

ADSL2 portsl 256 ADSL2+

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

14

Page 20: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Outdoor Cabinet Appearance Dimensions (W x Dx H)

Typicalconfiguration

F01S300 850 mm x 450 mm x1350 mm

Can be equipped with1-3 MA5616s.Two MA5616sprovide a maximumof:l 384 VDSL2 ports

in copper lineaccess mode

l In copper line andoptical fiberaccess mode:– 8 FE, 8 GE,

and 384 POTSports

– 8 FE, 8 GE,and 192 POTSand ADSL2+ports

– 8 FE, 8 GE,and 192ADSL2+ ports

– 8 FE, 8 GE,and 144VDSL2 ports

Three MA5616sprovide a maximumof:l 768 POTS portsl 384 VDSL2 portsl 384 ADSL2+

portsl 384 POTS and

ADSL2+ portsl 384 POTS and

VDSL2 ports

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 2 Chassis Description

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

15

Page 21: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3 Board

About This Chapter

This topic covers the types, functions, working principles, front panels, ports, daughterboards, pin assignments, and specifications of the boards used in the MA5616 chassis.

NOTEAll boards are hot-swappable. After the control board or power board is hot-swapped, the device willstop working.

3.1 Board OverviewThis manual describes the board structure, dimensions, name, version and label.

3.2 Mapping Between Boards and Software VersionsThis section describes mapping between boards and software versions.

3.3 Mapping Between Boards and Control BoardsThis section describes the types and names of boards supported by the MA5616, and themapping between these boards and control boards.

3.4 Board Power Consumption

3.5 Control BoardThe control board converges upstream services and manages devices, and manages servicesfor each interface module.

3.6 VDSL2 Service BoardVDSL2 service boards provide the VDSL2 access service using broadband ports.

3.7 ADSL2+ Service BoardADSL2+ service boards provide ADSL2+ access services using the broadband ports.

3.8 SHDSL Service BoardSHDSL service boards provide the SHDSL access service using broadband ports.

3.9 Ethernet Service BoardEthernet service boards are used for GE or FE signal access to implement the Ethernetservice.

3.10 Voice Service BoardVoice service boards support VoIP POTS, ISDN BRA, ISDN PRA and R2 services.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

16

Page 22: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.11 Combo BoardThe combo board is a broadband and narrowband combo service board and provides threeapplication modes: combo mode, broadband mode, and narrowband mode. In combo mode,the combo board supports both broadband and voice services.

3.12 Power BoardConnected to the external AC or DC power supply, the power board converts the voltage ofsuch power supply into a proper voltage using its power module and powers other boards inthe chassis.

3.13 Board IndicatorIndicators are present on the front panel of each board.

3.14 Optical ModuleThis topic describes the types and specifications of pluggable optical modules supported bythe MA5616.

3.1 Board OverviewThis manual describes the board structure, dimensions, name, version and label.

3.1.1 Board StructureA board mainly consists of the printed circuit board (PCB) and the front panel.

Figure 3-1 shows the structure of a board (using the CCUE board as an example).

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

17

Page 23: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-1 Board structure

A board mainly consists of the following parts:

l PCB

The PCB houses various functional chips of the board and is the most important part ofthe board. Through the front panel, the PCB provides indicators, buttons, and ports. Forsome boards, the PCB also provides a position for installing a daughter board.

NOTE

Different boards provide different indicators, buttons, and ports; not all boards support a daughterboard. For details, see the description of each board.

l Front panel, including the captive screws, ejector levers, and plate

– Captive screws: secure the board in the subrack.

– Ejector levers: used for inserting or removing the board.

– Plate: connects the PCB and the ejector levers. The plate also provides a surface forattaching some labels (such as the bar code label and laser label).

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

18

Page 24: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.1.2 Board DimensionsThis topic describes the dimensions of each type of board.

Figure 3-2 shows the dimensions of a board (using a EIUA service board as an example).

Figure 3-2 Board dimensions

Table 3-1 lists the dimensions of the boards supported by the product.

Table 3-1 Board dimensions

BoardType

Board Appearance Dimensions (Wx D x H)

Controlboard

140 mm x 220mm x 40.14 mm

Powerboard

140 mm x 220mm x 40.14 mm

Serviceboard

265 mm x 220mm x 20.32 mm

3.1.3 Board Name and VersionThis topic describes the board name and version.

As shown in Figure 3-3 (using the VDSE board as an example), the board name and versionare printed on the PCB of a board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

19

Page 25: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-3 Board name and version

NOTE

l H835VDSE is the full board name. Different full board names indicate different boards. Forexample, H837ASPB and H838ASPB are two different boards.

l VDSE is the board silk screen, indicating a type of board. For example, ASPB includes H837ASPBand H838ASPB that have the same silk screen.

l VER.A is the board PCB version. The PCB version will be upgraded with regard to technologydevelopment or due to end of production of some key components. Generally, a PCB version changedoes not cause board function changes, unless otherwise specified in the document.

3.1.4 Board LabelThis topic describes the meanings of the labels attached to the board front panel.

Laser Label

The optical ports of all boards use the same laser label: CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT, whichindicates a class 1 laser. The laser label is shown in Figure 3-4.

Figure 3-4 Laser label

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

20

Page 26: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

The optical port with a class 1 laser provides a maximum output optical power lower than 10dBm (10 mW).

DANGERDo not look into an optical port without eye protection. The laser will injure your eyes.

Bar Code Label

The bar code label is the first 16 digits of a general board label, as shown in Figure 3-5.

Figure 3-5 Board bar code

Board typeMRPII system code

Year Month Serial number

Position Name Introduction

1-6 Board type The last six digits of the board BOM. The first two digitsuse default values.

7, 8 MRPIIsystem code

Codes for differentiating different vendors.

9 Year The year of production date, the last digit is used. Forexample, year 2004 is recorded as 4. From 2010, letters areused, A to Z indicate years starting from 2010.

10 Month The month of production date, in hexadecimal notation. Forexample, October is displayed as A.

11-16 Serial number The serial number (SN) of a board. It is updated everymonth and ranges from 000001 to 999999.

3.2 Mapping Between Boards and Software VersionsThis section describes mapping between boards and software versions.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

21

Page 27: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

The following table lists the mapping between boards and version V800R310C00 and later.

Board availability is subject to released PCNs. To obtain PCNs, contact product managers atHuawei representative offices.

"All versions" refer to V800R310C00 and later.

Table 3-2 Mapping between boards and software versions

Board Name Software Versions Supporting This Board

Control Board

H831CCUB V800R310C00, V800R311C00, V800R312C00, V800R313C00,V800R313C10, V800R015C00, V800R015C10 and V800R017C10.NOTE

The MA5616 (equipped with a CCUB control board) in V800R015C10supports only GP1A, VDSH, VDLF, and PDIA boards.

H831CCUC V800R310C00, V800R311C00, V800R312C00, V800R313C00,V800R313C10, V800R015C00, V800R018C00 and V800R018C10.

H831CCUE V800R311C01 and later

VDSL2 Service Board

H835VDGE All versions

H835VDSE All versions

H835VDSH All versions

H835VDTH All versions

H836VCLE l V800R313C00SPC211 and patches later than the version havingthe same R version as V800R313C00SPC211

l V800R313C00SPH215 and patches later than the version havingthe same R version as V800R313C00SPH215

l V800R015C00SPH205 and patches later than the version havingthe same R version as V800R015C00SPH205

l V800R312C00 and later

H83BVDLE All versions

H83BVDLF All versions

H83BVCLE V800R312C00 and later

H83BVCLF V800R312C00 and later

H83BVDMM All versions

H83BVCMM l V800R313C00SPC212 and patches later than the version havingthe same R version as V800R313C00SPC212

l V800R311C00 and later

H83DVCMM V800R016C00 and later

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

22

Page 28: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Board Name Software Versions Supporting This Board

H83DSDMM V800R016C10 and later

H836VCPE l V800R313C00SPC209 and patches later than the version havingthe same R version as V800R313C00SPC209

l V800R016C10SPH205 and patches later than the version havingthe same R version as V800R016C10SPH205

l V800R015C10 and later

H83DVCPE V800R016C00 and later

H83DVCPD V800R016C10 and later

ADSL2+ Service Board

H83AADLE V800R311C01 and later

H835ADLE All versions

H836ADLE V800R311C01 and later

H836ADPE All versions

SHDSL Service Board

H832SHLH All versions

Ethernet Service Board

H831EIUD V800R310C00, V800R311C00, V800R312C00, and later

H831EIUA V800R310C00, V800R311C00, V800R312C00, and later

Voice Service Board

H838ASRB All versions

H837ASPB, H838ASPB, andH839ASPB

All versions

H832DSLD All versions

H831EDTB V800R015C00 and later

Combo Board

H835CALE All versions

H836CALE l V800R016C10SPH205 and patches later than the version havingthe same R version as V800R016C10SPH205

l V800R017C00 and later

H83BCVLC V800R311C01 and later

H83BCVLE V800R311C00 and later

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

23

Page 29: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Board Name Software Versions Supporting This Board

H836CCME l V800R016C10SPH205 and patches later than the version havingthe same R version as V800R016C10SPH205

l V800R015C10 and later

H83DCCME V800R016C00 and later

H83DCSME V800R018C00 and later

Power Board

H831PDIA All versions

H832PDIA All versions

H832PDVA V800R311C00 and later

H832PDVAA V800R311C01 and later

H832PDMSB V800R019C00 and later

H832PDNAA V800R313C10 and later

H832PDVSA V800R017C00 and later

H832PDVSB V800R017C00 and later

H831PAVDA V800R313C00 and later

H831PAIA All versions

H831PAIC All versions

H831PAIB All versions

Upstream Daughter Board

H831GP1A All versions

H831GE1A All versions

H831UP2A All versions

H831UP2C All versions

H831UP2AA V800R313C00 and later

H831UP2CA V800R313C00 and later

H833XP1A V800R313C00 and later

H831GE4A V800R018C10 and later

Voice Daughter Board

H836ASDA, H836ASDC, andH836ASDM

All versionsNOTE

The H836ASDA board has been out of production.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

24

Page 30: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Board Name Software Versions Supporting This Board

H836ASDF V800R016C10 and later

VCE Daughter Board

H836VPBA V800R313C00 and later

H836VPDA V800R015C00 and later

H836VPME V800R019C00 and later

H836VPSHD V800R017C00 and later

H836VPSKD V800R017C00 and later

3.3 Mapping Between Boards and Control BoardsThis section describes the types and names of boards supported by the MA5616, and themapping between these boards and control boards.

Table 3-3 lists the mapping between control boards and the boards supported by the MA5616.

Table 3-3 Mapping between boards and control boards

Board Name Mapping with Control Boards

H831CCUB H831CCUC H831CCUE

VDSL2 Service Board

H835VDGE Supported Supported Supported

H835VDSE Supported Supported Supported

H835VDSH Supported Supported Supported

H835VDTH Supported Supported Supported

H836VCLE Supported Supported Supported

H83BVDLE Supported Supported Supported

H83BVDLF Supported Supported Supported

H83BVCLE Not supported Not supported Supported

H83BVCLF Not supported Not supported Supported

H83BVDMM Not supported Supported Supported

H83BVCMM Not supported Supported Supported

H83DVCMM Not supported Supported Supported

H83DSDMM Not supported Not supported Supported

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

25

Page 31: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Board Name Mapping with Control Boards

H831CCUB H831CCUC H831CCUE

H836VCPE Not supported Not supported Supported

H83DVCPE Not supported Not supported Supported

H83DVCPD Not supported Not supported Supported

ADSL2+ Service Board

H83A/H835/H836ADLE

Supported Supported Supported

H836ADPE Not supported Supported Supported

SHDSL Service Board

H832SHLH Supported Supported Supported

Ethernet Service Board

H831EIUD Not supported Supported Supported

H831EIUA Not supported Supported Supported

Voice Service Board

H838ASRB Supported Supported Supported

H837/H838/H839ASPB

Supported Supported Supported

H832DSLD Supported Supported Supported

H831EDTB Not supported Not supported Supported

Combo Board

H835CALE Supported Supported Supported

H836CALE Supported Supported Supported

H83BCVLC/H83BCVLE

Supported Supported Supported

H836CCME Not supported Not supported Supported

H83DCCME Not supported Not supported Supported

H83DCSME Not supported Not supported Supported

Power Board

H831PDIA Supported Supported Supported

H832PDIA Supported Supported Supported

H832PDVA Not supported Supported Supported

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

26

Page 32: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Board Name Mapping with Control Boards

H831CCUB H831CCUC H831CCUE

H832PDVAA Not supported Not supported Supported

H832PDMSB Not supported Not supported Supported

H832PDNAA Not supported Not supported Supported

H832PDVSA Not supported Not supported Supported

H832PDVSB Not supported Not supported Supported

H831PAVDA Not supported Not supported Supported

H831PAIA Supported Supported Supported

H831PAIC Supported Supported Supported

H831PAIB Supported Supported Supported

3.4 Board Power ConsumptionNOTE

l The static power consumption is the power consumption in the case that all ports are not activated.

l The typical power consumption is the power consumption in the case that 50% broadband serviceports are activated and 25% telephones connected to the voice service ports are off-hook, and thePOTS current is 20 mA.

l The maximum power consumption is the power consumption in the case that all broadband serviceports are activated and its maximum number of concurrent voice ports supported are off-hook, andthe POTS current is 20 mA.

Table 3-4 Board power consumption

Board Name Static PowerConsumption (W)

Typical PowerConsumption (W)

Maximum PowerConsumption (W)

Control Board

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

27

Page 33: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Board Name Static PowerConsumption (W)

Typical PowerConsumption (W)

Maximum PowerConsumption (W)

H831CCUB 14 (GPON upstreamtransmission)NOTE

Compared with thepower consumptionof an H831CCUBboard using GPONupstreamtransmission, thepower consumptionof an H831CCUBboard using EPONupstreamtransmission is 0.4 Wless, and the powerconsumption of anH831CCUB boardusing GE upstreamtransmission is 1.2 Wless.

14 15

H831CCUC 18 (GPON upstreamtransmission)NOTE

Compared with thepower consumptionof an H831CCUCboard using GPONupstreamtransmission, thepower consumptionof an H831CCUCboard using EPONupstreamtransmission is 0.1 Wless, and the powerconsumption of anH831CCUC boardusing GE upstreamtransmission is 0.6 Wless.

18 19

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

28

Page 34: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Board Name Static PowerConsumption (W)

Typical PowerConsumption (W)

Maximum PowerConsumption (W)

H831CCUE 11 (GPON upstreamtransmission)NOTE

Compared with thepower consumptionof an H831CCUEboard using GPONupstreamtransmission, thepower consumptionof an H831CCUEboard using EPONupstreamtransmission is 0.1 Wless, and the powerconsumption of anH831CCUE boardusing GE upstreamtransmission is 0.6 Wless.

11 13

VDSL2 Service Board

H835VDGE 8b: 1517a: 15

8b: 2517a: 23

8b: 3417a: 29

H835VDSE 8b: 2017a: 20

8b: 3017a: 28

8b: 4317a: 40

H835VDSH 8b: 2017a: 20

8b: 3017a: 28

8b: 4317a: 40

H835VDTH 8b: 2017a: 20

8b: 3017a: 28

8b: 4317a: 40

H836VCLE 8b: 1517a: 1512a: 15

8b: 2717a: 2512a: 25

8b: 3717a: 3412a: 34

H83BVDLE 8b: 1017a: 10

8b: 2117a: 20

8b: 3617a: 32

H83BVDLF 8b: 1017a: 10

8b: 2117a: 20

8b: 3617a: 32

H83BVCLE 8b: 1917a: 2012a: 19

8b: N/A17a: 4112a: 43

8b: 4817a: 4712a: 44

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

29

Page 35: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Board Name Static PowerConsumption (W)

Typical PowerConsumption (W)

Maximum PowerConsumption (W)

H83BVCLF 8b: 1917a: 1912a: 19

8b: N/A17a: 4112a: 43

8b: 4817a: 4712a: 44

H83BVDMM 8b: 2417a: 24

8b: 3117a: 29

8b: 5317a: 49

H83BVCMM 8b: 2517a: 2512a: 25

8b: 6217a: 6012a: 60

8b: 6517a: 6512a: 64

H83DVCMM 8b: 1717a: 1712a: 17

8b: 3417a: 3112a: 31

8b: 5017a: 4512a: 45

H83DSDMM 8b: 1917a: 1912a: 1935b: 19

8b: 3317a: 3412a: 3435b: 34

8b: 4817a: 4812a: 4935b: 52

H836VCPE 8b: 2417a: 24

8b: 4417a: 42

8b: 6317a: 59

H83DVCPE 8b: 1717a: 1712a: 17

8b: 3817a: 3612a: 36

8b: 6017a: 5512a: 55

H83DVCPD 8b: 1717a: 1712a: 17

8b: 3817a: 3612a: 36

8b: 6017a: 5512a: 55

ADSL2+ Service Board

H83AADLE 11 21 30

H835ADLE 6 19 33

H836ADLE 6 19 33

H836ADPE 12 32 51

SHDSL Service Board

H832SHLH 10 11 12

Ethernet Service Board

H831EIUD 8 11 13

H831EIUA 3 5 6

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

30

Page 36: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Board Name Static PowerConsumption (W)

Typical PowerConsumption (W)

Maximum PowerConsumption (W)

Voice Service Board

H838ASRB 6 15 26

H837ASPB 7 24 41

H838ASPB 6 26 46

H839ASPB 6 26 46

H832DSLD 9 13 25

H831EDTB 22 23 24

Combo Board

H835CALE 9 24 47

H836CALE 10 29 63

H83BCVLC 8b: 1317a: 13

8b: 4517a: 43

8b: 8417a: 81

H83BCVLE 8b: 1317a: 13

8b: 4517a: 43

8b: 8417a: 81

H836CCME 8b: 2617a: 26

8b: 4917a: 44

8b: 8917a: 80

H83DCCME 8b: 2217a: 22

8b: 4517a: 43

8b: 8317a: 78

H83DCSME 8b: 2317a: 2335b: 23

8b: 4517a: 4535b: 46

8b: 8117a: 8235b: 85

Upstream Daughter Board

H831GP1A 6 6 8

H831EP1A 5 5 7

H831GE1A 1 1 1

H831UP2A 0 0 0

H831UP2C 3 3 3

H831UP2AA 0 0 0

H831UP2CA 3 3 3

H833XP1A 7 7 9

H831GE4A 14 14 17

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

31

Page 37: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Board Name Static PowerConsumption (W)

Typical PowerConsumption (W)

Maximum PowerConsumption (W)

Voice Daughter Board

H836ASDA 7 7 7

H836ASDC 7 7 7

H836ASDM 7 7 7

H836ASDF 10 11 11

Vectoring Daughter Board

H836VPBA 14 27 27

H836VPDA 32 35 35

H836VPSHD 50 64 64

H836VPSKD 50 64 64

3.5 Control BoardThe control board converges upstream services and manages devices, and manages servicesfor each interface module.

3.5.1 Differences Between Control BoardsAll control boards support the following functions:l Local and remote maintenancel Environmental monitoring parametersl Boolean alarm reporting

Table 3-5 lists the differences between control boards.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

32

Page 38: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-5 Differences between control boards

Parameter H831CCUB H831CCUC H831CCUE

Supporteddaughter board

Upstream daughterboard:l H831GP1Al H831GE1AVoice daughterboard:l H836ASDAl H836ASDCl H836ASDM

Upstream daughterboard:l H831UP2Al H831UP2CVoice daughterboard:l H836ASDAl H836ASDCl H836ASDM

Upstream daughterboard:l H831UP2Al H831UP2Cl H831UP2AAl H831UP2CAl H833XP1Al H831GE4AVoice daughterboard:l H836ASDAl H836ASDCl H836ASDMl H836ASDF

Upstreamtransmission mode

l GPONl EPONl GE

l GPONl EPONl GE

l GPONl EPONl GEl XG-PON

Port on the frontpanel (on themother board)

l CONSOLEl ESCl ETHl ALARMl GE0

l CON/ESCl ETHl CLK/TODl ALARMl GE

l CON/ESCl ETHl CLK/TODl ALARMl GE

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

33

Page 39: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Parameter H831CCUB H831CCUC H831CCUE

Uplink port (on thedaughter board)

When anH831GP1Adaughter board isconfigured:l GE0 (SFP port)l PON (SFF port)When anH831GE1Adaughter board isconfigured:l GE0 (SFP port)l GE1 (SFP port)

When anH831UP2A orUP2C daughterboard is configured:l 0 (SFP port)l 1 (SFP port)

When anH831UP2A orUP2C daughterboard is configured:l 0 (SFP port)l 1 (SFP port)When anH833XP1Adaughter board isconfigured: XG-PON (SFP port)When anH831GE4Adaughter board isconfigured:l GE0 (CSFP port

or SFP port)/XGE0 (SFP+port)

l GE1 (CSFP portor SFP port)/XGE1 (SFP+port)

l GE2 (CSFP port)l GE3 (CSFP port)

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

34

Page 40: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Parameter H831CCUB H831CCUC H831CCUE

Cascading port One GE cascadingport (optical orelectrical)NOTE

"optical andelectrical" means thatusers can use eitherport GE0 on thedaughter board or theGE0 electrical porton the panel forupstreamtransmission.

One GE cascadingport (optical orelectrical)NOTE

"optical or electrical"means that:

l Both ports 0 and1 provided by adaughter boardsupport both theGE optical andelectricalmodules toprovide opticaland electricalports. Users canselect either ofthe ports tofunction as theGE optical port orelectrical port.

l Users can useeither port 0 onthe daughterboard or the GEelectrical port onthe panel forupstreamtransmission.

One GE cascadingport (optical orelectrical)NOTE

"optical or electrical"means that:

l Both ports 0 and1 provided by adaughter boardsupport both theGE optical andelectricalmodules toprovide opticaland electricalports. Users canselect either ofthe ports tofunction as theGE optical port orelectrical port.

l Users can useeither port 0 onthe daughterboard or the GEelectrical port onthe panel forupstreamtransmission.

Synchronous clocktransferring

Not supported Supported Supported

NOTE

l Port silkscreens are listed in Table 3-5. For details about these ports, see the description of each controlboard.

l The service boards supported by the MA5616 vary depending on the control board configured on theMA5616. For details, see 3.3 Mapping Between Boards and Control Boards.

3.5.2 H831CCUB Board DescriptionThe H831CCUB board is a centralized control unit board. It manages the broadband serviceboards, narrowband service boards, and various interface modules. Using different daughterboards, the H831CCUB board supports GPON or GE ports for transmitting services upstreamor cascading devices.

Feature and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Control Boards.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

35

Page 41: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Power Consumption of boards.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-6 shows the working principles of the H831CCUB board.

Figure 3-6 Working principles of the H831CCUB board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

-48V, +3.3 V

Control module

Backplane User side

Upstream/cascading

device

Environment monitoring

device

Maintenance terminal

Digital sensor

Service board

DC power

H831CCUB

Switching module

Interface module

Power module

Clock module

Backplane port bus

Upstream/Cascading port

ESC serial port

Maintenance serial/ethernet port

Digital parameter port

The basic working principles of the H831CCUB board are as follows:

l The switch module converts the data of the upstream daughter board and downstreamservice boards.

l The interface module controls GE cascading and GE optical ports on the upstreamdaughter board.

l The control module controls and manages the upstream daughter board, downstreamservice boards, and logic function modules.

l The power module controls the power supply fed from the backplane and powers theupstream daughter board and other function modules of the board.

l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

36

Page 42: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

Figure 3-7 Front panel of the H831CCUB board (holding the H831GP1A daughter board)

1000M/100M/10M full-duplex, adaptive between upstream Ethernet port and cascading Ethernet port (RJ45 port)

Connected the Ethernet port of an upper-layer or cascaded device

GE upstream or cascading optical port (SFP port), multiplexed with the GE0 portConnected to the optical port of an upper-layer or cascaded device.

PON upstream optical port (SFF port)Connected to the PON port of the upper-layer device

This button is used to reset the board manually. Resetting the board interrupts the services. Hence, exercise caution when using the reset button.

10/100/1000M Base-T maintenance network port (RJ45 port)

Connected to the Ethernet port of the maintenance terminal

Maintenance serial port (RS-232 serial port)Connected to the serial port of the

maintenance terminal

RS-485 monitoring serial portConnected to the serial port

of the monitored device

Environment monitoring port (RJ45 port)Connected to digital sensors

Figure 3-8 Front panel of the H831CCUB board (holding the H831GE1A daughter board)

1000M/100M/10M full-duplex, adaptive between upstream Ethernet port and

cascading an Ethernet port (RJ45 port)Connected the Ethernet port on an

upper-layer or cascaded device

GE upstream or cascading an optical port (SFP port), multiplexed with the GE0 portConnected to the optical port on an upper-layer or cascaded device.

GE upstream optical port (SFP port)Connected to the optical port on an upper-layer device

100M Base-T maintenance network port (RJ45 port)

Connected to the Ethernet port on the maintenance terminal

Maintenance serial port(RS-232 serial port)Connected to the serial port on the

maintenance terminal

RS-485 monitoring serial portConnected to the serial port on the monitored device

Environment monitoring port (RJ45 port) Connected to digital sensors

This button is used to reset the board manually. Resetting the board interrupts the services. Exercise caution when deciding to press the reset button.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

37

Page 43: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning Holding theH831GP1Adaughterboard

Holding theH831GE1Adaughterboard

RUNALM

Runningstatus LED

Green Blinking (onfor 0.25s andoff for 0.25srepeatedly)

The boardstarts up andis beingloaded.

Supported

Supported

Green Blinking (onfor 1s andoff for 1srepeatedly)

The board isrunningproperly.

Red On The board isfaulty.

LINK link statusLED

Green On The linkfunctionsproperly.

GEopticalportandPONport

GEopticalport

Green Off The linkmalfunctions.

ACT Data statusLED (GEoptical port)

Green Blinking Data isbeingtransmitted.

Supported

Supported

Green Off No data isbeingtransmitted.

AUTH

Authentication LED (PONport)

Green Blinking (onfor 0.25s andoff for 0.25srepeatedly)

Anauthentication is beingperformed.

Supported

Notsupported

Green On Anauthentication issuccessful.

Green Off Noauthentication is beingperformed.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

38

Page 44: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning Holding theH831GP1Adaughterboard

Holding theH831GE1Adaughterboard

ETH ETH portstatusindicator

Green On Aconnectionis set up onthe port.

Supported

Supported

Green Off Noconnectionis set up onthe port.

Yellow Blinking The port istransmittingor receivingdata.

Yellow Off No data isbeingtransmittedon the port

GE0 GE electricalport statusindicator

Green On Aconnectionis set up onthe port.

Supported

Supported

Green Off Noconnectionis set up onthe port.

Yellow Blinking The port istransmittingor receivingdata.

Yellow Off No data isbeingtransmittedon the port

Pin AssignmentTable 3-6 describes the pin assignments of the ALARM port on the front panel of theH831CCUB board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

39

Page 45: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-6 Pin assignments of the ALARM port

Port Pin Signal Default Setting

12345678

1 MONITOR 0 None

2 RTN

3 MONITOR 1 Door

4 RTN

5 MONITOR 2 Arrester

6 RTN

7 MONITOR 3 Wiring

8 RTN

NOTE

l Default settings in Table 3-6 are recommended values. In practice, the ALARM port is connected todifferent types of digital sensors as required.

l When the default setting of a pair of pins is different from the actual sensor corresponding to the pairof pins, the default setting needs to be changed using the CLI so that it is the same as the actualsetting.

l Each digital sensor corresponds to a pair of pins (negative power is supplied to the pins). When thepins are short-circuited, the corresponding digital parameter is 0. When the pins are open-circuited,the corresponding digital parameter is 1.

GE optical moduleA GE optical module can be configured on an H831CCUB that is equipped with the GP1AorGE1A daughter board, H831CCUC or H831CCUE that is equipped with the UP2A or UP2Cdaughter board, or H831EIUD board. The optical module with independent receive andtransmit functions is connected to two LC/PC optical fibers to provide one GE channel, andthe optical module with combined receive and transmit functions is connected to one LC/PCoptical fiber to provide one GE channel. Table 3-7 lists the specifications of GE opticalmodules.

Table 3-7 Specifications of GE optical modules

Type Two-fiber bi-directionaloptical module

One-fiber bi-directional optical module

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

40

Page 46: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

OperatingWavelength

850nm

1310nm

1310nm

Tx:1310nmRx:1490nm

Tx:1490nmRx:1310nm

Tx: 1310nmRx: 1490nm

l Tx:1310nmRx:1550nm

l Tx:1550nmRx:1310nm

EncapsulationType

eSFP eSFP eSFP eSFP eSFP CSFP eSFP

Rate 2.125Gbit/s1.25Gbit/s1.063Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25 Gbit/s 1.25 Gbit/s

MinimumOutputOpticalPower

-9.5dBm

-9.0dBm

-5.0dBm

-9.0dBm

-9.0dBm

-9.0 dBm -3.0 dBm

MaximumOutputOpticalPower

-2.5dBm

-3.0dBm

0 dBm -3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0 dBm 2 dBm

MaximumReceiverSensitivity

-17.0dBm

-20.0dBm

-23.0dBm

-19.5dBm

-19.5dBm

-24.0 dBm -25.0 dBm

OpticalConnector Type

LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC LC

OpticalFiberType

Multi-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode Single-mode

Reach 0.50km

10.0km

40.0km

10.0km

10.0km

10.0 km 40.0 km

Overload opticalpower

0 dBm -3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

41

Page 47: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Supported Software Version

V800R310C00, V800R311C00, V800R312C00, V800R313C00, V800R313C10,V800R015C00, V800R015C10 and V800R017C10.

NOTE

The MA5616 (equipped with a CCUB control board) in V800R015C10 supports only GP1A, VDSH, VDLF,and PDIA boards.

3.5.3 H831CCUC Board DescriptionH831CCUC is a centralized control unit board. It is used to manage the broadband serviceboards, narrowband service boards, and various interface modules. Using different daughterboards, the H831CCUC board supports GPON or GE adaptive ports for transmitting servicesupstream or cascading devices.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Control Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-9 shows the working principles of the H831CCUC board.

Figure 3-9 Working principles of the H831CCUC board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

-48V,+3.3 V

Upstream daughter

board

Control and service processing module

Logic module

Voicedaughter

board

Lower-layer clock device

H831CCUCBackplane User side

DC power

Service board

Power module

Clock module

Upstream/Cascading port

ESC serial port

Maintenance serial/ethernet port

Digital parameter port

Clock/Time port

GE electrical port

Upstream/cascading

device

Environment monitoring

device

Maintenance terminal

Digital sensor

Backplane port bus

The basic working principles of the H831CCUC board are as follows:

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

42

Page 48: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The voice daughter board provides a built-in DSP chip, processes voice frequency,signals, and converts digital signals into VoIP packets.

l The upstream daughter board provides two SFP ports and supports GPON or GEadaptive ports for upstream transmission.

l The control and service processing module manages other function modules of the boardusing its management interface, and also connects to the service boards using its serviceinterface for service processing.

l The logic module controls clock source selection and board resetting.l The power module controls the power supply fed from the backplane and powers the

upstream daughter board and other function modules of the H831CCUC board.l The clock module provides unified clock signals for other function modules of the

H831CCUC board.

Front Panel Port

1000M full-duplex, adaptive upstream or cascading Ethernet port (RJ45 port). Either

this port or port 0 can be usedConnected to the Ethernet port on an

upper-layer or cascaded device

GPON or GE adaptive port 0 (SFP port)Connected to the optical port of an upper-layer or cascaded device.

GPON or GE adaptive port 1 (SFP port)Connected to the optical port on an upper-layer device CLK/TOD Port (RJ45 port)

Connected to a lower-layer clock device.

100M Base-T maintenance network port (RJ45 port)

Connected to the Ethernet port of the maintenance terminal

Console maintenance serial port (RJ45 port)

Connected to the serial port of the maintenance terminal

Monitoring serial port (RJ45 port)Connected to the serial port

of the monitored device

Environment monitoring port (RJ45 port)Connected to digital sensors

This button is used to reset the board manually. Resetting the board interrupts the services. Exercise caution when deciding to press the reset button.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

43

Page 49: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

NOTE

l CON/ESC (RJ45 port): use a local maintenance and environment monitoring combo cable toconnect a maintenance terminal and an environment monitoring device.

l 0 (SFP port): when functioning as a GE port, either this port or GE (RJ45 port) can be used.

l Different optical modules can be configured for different application scenarios.

l For details about the parameters and supported cables of the optical modules, see "Optical Module".

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUN/ALM

Running statusLED

Green Blinking (on for 0.25sand off for 0.25srepeatedly)

The board starts upand is being loaded.

Green Blinking (on for 1sand off for 1srepeatedly)

The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

SYNC Synchronizationstatus indicator

Green On The system issynchronized.

Red On The system is notsynchronized.

LINK Link status LED(GE optical portand PON port)

Green On The link functionsproperly and aconnection is set upon the port.

Green Off The link malfunctionsand no connectionsare set up on the port.

ACT Data status LED(GE optical port)

Green Blinking Data is beingtransmitted.

Green Off No data is beingtransmitted.

AUTH AuthenticationLED (PON port)

Green Blinking (on for 0.25sand off for 0.25srepeatedly)

An authentication isbeing performed.

Green On An authentication issuccessful.

Green Off No authentication isbeing performed.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

44

Page 50: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Pin Assignment

Table 3-8 lists pin assignments of the ALARM port on the H831CCUC board.

Table 3-8 Pin assignments of the ALARM port

Port Pin Signal Default Setting

12345678

1 RTN -

2 MONITOR 0

3 RTN Door

4 MONITOR 1

5 RTN Surge protection device(SPD)

6 MONITOR 2

7 RTN MDF

8 MONITOR 3

NOTE

l Default settings in Table 3-8 are recommended values. In practice, the ALARM port is connected todifferent types of digital sensors as required.

l When the default setting of a pair of pins is different from the actual sensor corresponding to the pairof pins, the default setting needs to be changed using the CLI so that it is the same as the actualsetting.

l Each digital sensor corresponds to a pair of pins. When the pins are short-circuited, thecorresponding digital parameter is 0. When the pins are open-circuited, the corresponding digitalparameter is 1.

GPON optical module

If an optical module for GPON upstream transmission is configured on an H831CCUC orH831CCUE board that is equipped with the UP2A or UP2C daughter board, connect oneSC/PC optical fiber to the board for GPON upstream transmission. Table 3-9 lists thespecifications of GPON optical modules.

Table 3-9 Specifications of GPON optical modules

Type One-fiber bi-directional optical module

OperatingWavelength

Tx: 1310 nmRx: 1490 nm

Encapsulation Type SFP

Rate Tx: 1.244 Gbit/sRx: 2.488 Gbit/s

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

45

Page 51: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Minimum OutputOptical Power

0.5 dBm

Maximum OutputOptical Power

5.0 dBm

Maximum ReceiverSensitivity

-27.0 dBm

Optical ConnectorType

SC/PC

Optical Fiber Type Single-mode

Reach 20.0 km

Overload opticalpower

-8 dBm

GE Electrical Module

If a GE electrical module is configured on an H831CCUC board that is equipped with theUP2A or UP2C daughter board, connect one network cable to the board for one-channel GE.Table 3-10 the specifications of GE electrical module.

Table 3-10 Specifications of GE electrical modules

Type Module with 1000 Base-T RJ45 electrical port

Encapsulation Type SFP

Rate Full-duplex 1000 Mbit/s

Reach 100.0 m

GE optical module

A GE optical module can be configured on an H831CCUB that is equipped with the GP1AorGE1A daughter board, H831CCUC or H831CCUE that is equipped with the UP2A or UP2Cdaughter board, or H831EIUD board. The optical module with independent receive andtransmit functions is connected to two LC/PC optical fibers to provide one GE channel, andthe optical module with combined receive and transmit functions is connected to one LC/PCoptical fiber to provide one GE channel. Table 3-11 lists the specifications of GE opticalmodules.

Table 3-11 Specifications of GE optical modules

Type Two-fiber bi-directionaloptical module

One-fiber bi-directional optical module

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

46

Page 52: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

OperatingWavelength

850nm

1310nm

1310nm

Tx:1310nmRx:1490nm

Tx:1490nmRx:1310nm

Tx: 1310nmRx: 1490nm

l Tx:1310nmRx:1550nm

l Tx:1550nmRx:1310nm

EncapsulationType

eSFP eSFP eSFP eSFP eSFP CSFP eSFP

Rate 2.125Gbit/s1.25Gbit/s1.063Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25 Gbit/s 1.25 Gbit/s

MinimumOutputOpticalPower

-9.5dBm

-9.0dBm

-5.0dBm

-9.0dBm

-9.0dBm

-9.0 dBm -3.0 dBm

MaximumOutputOpticalPower

-2.5dBm

-3.0dBm

0 dBm -3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0 dBm 2 dBm

MaximumReceiverSensitivity

-17.0dBm

-20.0dBm

-23.0dBm

-19.5dBm

-19.5dBm

-24.0 dBm -25.0 dBm

OpticalConnector Type

LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC LC

OpticalFiberType

Multi-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode Single-mode

Reach 0.50km

10.0km

40.0km

10.0km

10.0km

10.0 km 40.0 km

Overload opticalpower

0 dBm -3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

47

Page 53: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Supported Software VersionV800R310C00, V800R311C00, V800R312C00, V800R313C00, V800R313C10,V800R015C00, V800R018C00 and V800R018C10.

3.5.4 H831CCUE Board DescriptionH831CCUE is a centralized control unit board. It is used to manage the broadband serviceboards, narrowband service boards, and various interface modules. Using different daughterboards, the H831CCUE board supports GPON, GE, 10GE or XG-PON adaptive ports fortransmitting services upstream or cascading devices. The H831CCUE control board supportsthe vectoring function by working with the enhanced subrack, the PDVAA power board, andvectoring service boards.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Control Boards.

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-10 shows the working principles of the H831CCUE board.

Figure 3-10 Working principles of the H831CCUE board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

-48V,+3.3 V

Upstream daughter

board

Control and service processing module

Logic module

Voicedaughter

board

Lower-layer clock device

H831CCUEBackplane User side

DC power

Service board

Power module

Clock module

Upstream/Cascading port

ESC serial port

Maintenance serial/ethernet port

Digital parameter port

Clock/Time port

GE electrical port

Upstream/cascading

device

Environment monitoring

device

Maintenance terminal

Digital sensor

Backplane port bus

The basic working principles of the H831CCUE board are as follows:

l The voice daughter board provides a built-in DSP chip, processes voice frequency,signals, and converts digital signals into VoIP packets.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

48

Page 54: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The upstream daughter board:– The MA5616 provides two SFP ports and supports GPON or GE ports for upstream

transmission when the H831UP2A, H831UP2C, H831UP2AA, or H831UP2CAdaughter board is configured.

– The MA5616 provides one SFP port and supports XG-PON port for upstreamtransmission when the H833XP1A daughter board is configured.

– The MA5616 provides four CSFP port and supports GE ports or two SFP+ port andsupports 10GE ports for upstream transmission when the H831GE4A daughterboard is configured.

– The voice service daughter boards H836ASDA, H836ASDC, H836ASDM, andH836ASDF are configured.

l The control and service processing module manages other function modules of the boardusing its management interface, and also connects to the service boards using its serviceinterface for service processing.

l The logic module controls clock source selection and board resetting.l The power module controls the power supply fed from the backplane and powers the

upstream daughter board and other function modules of the H831CCUE board.l The clock module provides unified clock signals for other function modules of the

H831CCUE board.

Front Panel Port

Figure 3-11 Front panel of the H831CCUE board (equipped with an H831UP2A orH83UP2C upstream daughter board)

1000M full-duplex, adaptive upstream or cascading Ethernet ports (RJ45 port) Either this port or port 0 can be used.

Connected to the Ethernet port on an upper-layer or cascaded device

GPON or GE adaptive port 0 (SFP port)Connected to the optical port on an upper-layer or cascaded device

GPON or GE adaptive port 1 (SFP port)Connected to the optical port on the upper-layer device

CLK/TOD port (RJ45 port)Connected to a lower-layer

clock device

100 Base-T maintenance network port (RJ45 port)

Connected to the Ethernet port on the maintenance terminal

CONSOLE mintenance serial port (RJ45 port)

Connected to the serial port of the maintenance terminal

Monitoring serial port (RJ45 port)Connected to the serial port on the monitored

device

Environment monitoring port (RJ45 port) Connected to digital sensors

This button is used to reset the board manually. Resetting the board interrupts the services. Exercise caution when deciding to press the reset button.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

49

Page 55: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-12 Front panel of the H831CCUE board (equipped with an H833XP1A daughterboard)

XG-PON upstream port (SFP port)Connected to the XG-PON port on an upper-layer or cascaded device

1000M full-duplex, adaptive upstream or cascading Ethernet port (RJ45 port)

Either this port or port 0 can be used.Connected to the Ethernet port on an

upper-layer or cascaded device

CLK/TOD port (RJ45 port)Connected to a lower-layer

clock device

10/100/1000M Base-T maintenance network port (RJ45 port)

Connected to the Ethernet port on the maintenance terminal

CONSOLE maintenance serial port (RJ45 port)

Connected to the serial port on the maintenance terminal

Monitoring serial port (RJ45 port)Connected to the serial port

on the monitored device

Environment monitoring port (RJ45 port) Connected to digital sensors

This button is used to reset the board manually. Resetting the board interrupts the services. Exercise caution when deciding to press the reset button.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

50

Page 56: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-13 Front panel of the H831CCUE board (equipped with an H831GE4A daughterboard)

NOTE

l Different optical modules can be configured for different application scenarios.

l For details about the parameters and supported cables of the optical modules, see "Optical Module".

l CON/ESC (RJ45 port): use a local maintenance and environment monitoring combo cable toconnect a maintenance terminal and an environment monitoring device.

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning ConfiguredwithH831UP2A orUP2Cdaughterboard

ConfiguredwithH833XP1Adaughterboard

RUN/ALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green Blinking (onfor 0.25s andoff for 0.25srepeatedly)

The boardstarts up andis beingloaded.

Supported

Supported

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

51

Page 57: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning ConfiguredwithH831UP2A orUP2Cdaughterboard

ConfiguredwithH833XP1Adaughterboard

Green Blinking (onfor 1s andoff for 1srepeatedly)

The boardfunctionsproperly.

Red On The board isfaulty.

SYNC Synchronization statusindicator

Green On The systemissynchronized.

Supported

Supported

Red On The systemis notsynchronized.

LINK link statusindicator

Green On The linkfunctionsproperly anda connectionis set up onthe port.

GEopticalportandPONport

10GGPONopticalport

Green Off The linkmalfunctionsand noconnectionsare set up onthe port.

ACT Data statusindicator (GEoptical port)

Green Blinking Data isbeingtransmitted.

Supported

Notsupported

Green Off No data isbeingtransmitted.

AUTH

Authentication indicator

Green Blinking (onfor 0.25s andoff for 0.25srepeatedly)

Anauthentication is beingperformed.

PONport

10GGPONopticalport

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

52

Page 58: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning ConfiguredwithH831UP2A orUP2Cdaughterboard

ConfiguredwithH833XP1Adaughterboard

Green On Anauthentication issuccessful.

Green Off Noauthentication is beingperformed.

ETH ETH portstatusindicator

Green On Aconnectionis set up onthe port.

Supported

Supported

Green Off Noconnectionis set up onthe port.

Yellow Blinking The port istransmittingor receivingdata.

Yellow Off No data isbeingtransmittedon the port

GE GE electricalport statusindicator

Green On Aconnectionis set up onthe port.

Supported

Supported

Green Off Noconnectionis set up onthe port.

Yellow Blinking The port istransmittingor receivingdata.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

53

Page 59: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning ConfiguredwithH831UP2A orUP2Cdaughterboard

ConfiguredwithH833XP1Adaughterboard

Yellow Off No data isbeingtransmittedon the port

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-12 describes the pin assignments of the ALARM port on the H831CCUE board.

Table 3-12 Pin assignments of the ALARM port

Port Pin Signal Default Setting

12345678

1 RTN -

2 MONITOR 0

3 RTN Door

4 MONITOR 1

5 RTN Surge protection device(SPD)

6 MONITOR 2

7 RTN MDF

8 MONITOR 3

NOTE

l Default settings in Table 3-12 are recommended values. In practice, the ALARM port is connectedto different types of digital sensors as required.

l When the default setting of a pair of pins is different from the actual sensor corresponding to the pairof pins, the default setting needs to be changed using the CLI so that it is the same as the actualsetting.

l Each digital sensor corresponds to a pair of pins. When the pins are short-circuited, thecorresponding digital parameter is 0. When the pins are open-circuited, the corresponding digitalparameter is 1.

GPON optical moduleIf an optical module for GPON upstream transmission is configured on an H831CCUC orH831CCUE board that is equipped with the UP2A or UP2C daughter board, connect one

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

54

Page 60: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

SC/PC optical fiber to the board for GPON upstream transmission. Table 3-13 lists thespecifications of GPON optical modules.

Table 3-13 Specifications of GPON optical modules

Type One-fiber bi-directional optical module

OperatingWavelength

Tx: 1310 nmRx: 1490 nm

Encapsulation Type SFP

Rate Tx: 1.244 Gbit/sRx: 2.488 Gbit/s

Minimum OutputOptical Power

0.5 dBm

Maximum OutputOptical Power

5.0 dBm

Maximum ReceiverSensitivity

-27.0 dBm

Optical ConnectorType

SC/PC

Optical Fiber Type Single-mode

Reach 20.0 km

Overload opticalpower

-8 dBm

GE Electrical ModuleIf a GE electrical module is configured on an H831CCUC board that is equipped with theUP2A or UP2C daughter board, connect one network cable to the board for one-channel GE.Table 3-14 the specifications of GE electrical module.

Table 3-14 Specifications of GE electrical modules

Type Module with 1000 Base-T RJ45 electrical port

Encapsulation Type SFP

Rate Full-duplex 1000 Mbit/s

Reach 100.0 m

GE optical moduleA GE optical module can be configured on an H831CCUB that is equipped with the GP1AorGE1A daughter board, H831CCUC or H831CCUE that is equipped with the UP2A or UP2C

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

55

Page 61: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

daughter board, or H831EIUD board. The optical module with independent receive andtransmit functions is connected to two LC/PC optical fibers to provide one GE channel, andthe optical module with combined receive and transmit functions is connected to one LC/PCoptical fiber to provide one GE channel. Table 3-15 lists the specifications of GE opticalmodules.

Table 3-15 Specifications of GE optical modules

Type Two-fiber bi-directionaloptical module

One-fiber bi-directional optical module

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OperatingWavelength

850nm

1310nm

1310nm

Tx:1310nmRx:1490nm

Tx:1490nmRx:1310nm

Tx: 1310nmRx: 1490nm

l Tx:1310nmRx:1550nm

l Tx:1550nmRx:1310nm

EncapsulationType

eSFP eSFP eSFP eSFP eSFP CSFP eSFP

Rate 2.125Gbit/s1.25Gbit/s1.063Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25 Gbit/s 1.25 Gbit/s

MinimumOutputOpticalPower

-9.5dBm

-9.0dBm

-5.0dBm

-9.0dBm

-9.0dBm

-9.0 dBm -3.0 dBm

MaximumOutputOpticalPower

-2.5dBm

-3.0dBm

0 dBm -3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0 dBm 2 dBm

MaximumReceiverSensitivity

-17.0dBm

-20.0dBm

-23.0dBm

-19.5dBm

-19.5dBm

-24.0 dBm -25.0 dBm

OpticalConnector Type

LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC LC

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

56

Page 62: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

OpticalFiberType

Multi-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode Single-mode

Reach 0.50km

10.0km

40.0km

10.0km

10.0km

10.0 km 40.0 km

Overload opticalpower

0 dBm -3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm

10GE Optical ModuleThe 10GE optical module is connected to two LC fibers to provide one 10GE channel. Table3-16 lists the specifications of 10GE optical modules.

Table 3-16 Specifications of 10GE optical modules

Type One-fiber bi-directional optical module

No. 1 2

Operating Wavelength Tx: 1270 nmRx: 1330 nm

Tx: 1270 nmRx: 1330 nm

Encapsulation Type eSFP eSFP

Rate 9.95-10.3 Gbit/s 2.5-11.3 Gbit/s

Minimum OutputOptical Power

0.0 dBm -8.2 dBm

Maximum OutputOptical Power

5.0 dBm 0.5 dBm

Maximum ReceiverSensitivity

-18.0 dBm -14.4 dBm

Optical Connector Type LC LC

Optical Fiber Type Single-mode Single-mode

Reach 40.0 km 10.0 km

Overload optical power -9.0 dBm 0.5 dBm

CSFP Optical ModuleThe CSFP optical module is connected to two LC fibers to provide two GE channel. Table3-17 lists the specifications of CSFP optical modules.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

57

Page 63: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-17 Specifications of CSFP optical modules

Type One-fiber bi-directional optical module

Operating Wavelength Tx: 1310 nmRx: 1490 nm

Encapsulation Type CSFP

Rate 1.25 Gbit/s

Minimum Output Optical Power –9.0 dBm

Maximum Output Optical Power –3.0 dBm

Maximum Receiver Sensitivity -24.0 dBm

Optical Connector Type LC

Optical Fiber Type Single-mode

Reach 10.0 km

Overload optical power -3.0 dBm

Supported Software Version

V800R311C01 and later

3.5.5 Daughter BoardThe control board supports upstream daughter boards and voice daughter boards.

Positions of the Daughter Boards

Figure 3-14 shows the positions of the daughter boards on the control board.

Figure 3-14 Positions of the daughter boards on the control board

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

58

Page 64: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

NOTE

l A faulty upstream daughter board can be replaced with a daughter board only of the same type.

l The original upstream mode can be changed by replacing an upstream daughter board (H831GP1Aor H831GE1A). After the replacement, adjust the original upstream network. In addition, cleardevice data, reset the device, and configure services on the device because the original data andservices cannot be used.

Ports and FunctionsTable 3-18 lists the ports and functions provided by the daughter boards on the control board.

Table 3-18 Ports and functions provided by the daughter boards on the control board

DaughterBoard

Compatibilitywith the ControlBoard

Port Function

H831GP1A

CCUB One GPON port andone GE optical portl GE0 (SFP port)l GPON (SFF

port)

l The GE0 port transmitsservices upstream or cascadesdevices.

l The GPON port transmitsservices upstream.

H831GE1A

CCUB Two GE opticalportsl GE0 (SFP port)l GE1 (SFP port)

l The GE0 port transmitsservices upstream or cascadesdevices.

l The GE1 port transmitsservices upstream.

H831UP2A

CCUCCCUE

Two adaptive opticalportsl 0 (SFP port)l 1 (SFP port)

The two adaptive optical portstransmit services upstream orcascade devices. An H831UP2Aboard can be replaced with anH831UP2AA board.

H831UP2C

CCUCCCUE

Two adaptive opticalportsl 0 (SFP port)l 1 (SFP port)

The two adaptive optical portstransmit services upstream orcascade devices and support theStratum 3 clock synchronization.An H831UP2C board can bereplaced with an H831UP2CAboard.

H831UP2AA

CCUE Two adaptive opticalportsl 0 (SFP port)l 1 (SFP port)

The two adaptive optical portstransmit services upstream orcascade devices and supportvectoring.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

59

Page 65: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

DaughterBoard

Compatibilitywith the ControlBoard

Port Function

H831UP2CA

CCUE Two adaptive opticalportsl 0 (SFP port)l 1 (SFP port)

The two adaptive optical portstransmit services upstream orcascade devices. The two portssupport Stratum 3 clocksynchronization and vectoring.

H833XP1A

CCUE One XG-PON port(SFP port)

The GPON port supports XG-PON and transmits servicesupstream.

H831GE4A

CCUE Four GE ports ortwo 10GE portsl GE0 (CSFP port

or SFP port)/XGE0 (SFP+port)

l GE1 (CSFP portor SFP port)/XGE1 (SFP+port)

l GE2 (CSFP port)l GE3 (CSFP port)

The GE port transmits servicesupstream or cascades devices.l When an SFP optical module

is used, a maximum of 2-channel GE upstreamtransmission is supported,mapping software ports 0 and1 respectively.

l When an SFP+ opticalmodule is used, a maximumof 2-channel 10GE upstreamtransmission is supported,mapping software ports 0 and1 respectively.

l When a CSFP optical moduleis used, a maximum of 4-channel GE upstreamtransmission is supported,mapping software ports 0-3respectively.

H836ASDA,H836ASDC,H836ASDMandH836ASDF

H836ASDA,H836ASDC,H836ASDM arecompatibility withthe CCUB, CCUCand CCUE ControlBoardH836SDF iscompatibility withthe CCUE ControlBoard

None The board provides a built-inDSP chip to process voicefrequency and convert digitalsignals into VoIP packets.l H836ASDA/H836ASDC

board: supports up to 64 voiceusers. An H836ASDA boardcan be replaced with anH836ASDC board.

l H836ASDM board: supportsup to 104 voice users.

l H836ASDF board: supportsup to 254 voice users.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

60

Page 66: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.6 VDSL2 Service BoardVDSL2 service boards provide the VDSL2 access service using broadband ports.

3.6.1 Differences Between VDSL2 Service BoardsBased on the number of supported users, VDSL2 service boards supported by the MA5616can be classified into 16-channel VDSL2 service board, 24-channel VDSL2 service board,32-channel VDSL2 service board, 48-channel VDSL2 service board, and 64-channel VDSL2service board. These boards support VDSL2 and VDSL2 over POTS/ISDN access services.

The following tables list differences between VDSL2 service boards supported by theMA5616.

Table 3-19 Differences between 64-channel VDSL2 service boards

Specifications H836VCPE H83DVCPE H83DVCPD

Applicable line 64-channel VDSL2 overPOTS

64-channel VDSL2 overPOTS

64-channel VDSL2

Vectoring Not supported Supported Supported

G.INP Supported

VDSL2 PTM bonding Not supported

INM Supported

SELT Supported

MELT Not supported

Spectrum parameterprofile

Supports VDSL2 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, 12a, 12b, and 17a profiles.

Annex type l G.992.1 Annex A or Bl G.992.3 Annex A, L, or Ml G.992.5 Annex A or Ml G.993.2 Annex A/B

Configuration mode Supports TR129 andTR165 [2].

Supports TR129, TI, andTR165/TR252 [2].

Supports TR129, TI, andTR165/TR252 [2].

Embedded splitter Supported Supported Not supported

Temperature queryand high-temperaturealarm

Supported

Automatic powershutdown in the eventof a high temperature

Supported

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

61

Page 67: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Specifications H836VCPE H83DVCPE H83DVCPD

Connector Delander 64-pin

Table 3-20 Differences between 48-channel VDSL2 service boards

Specifications H83BVDMM [1] H83BVCMM H83DVCMM H83DSDMM

Applicable line 48-channel VDSL2 48-channel VDSL2 48-channel VDSL2 48-channelSuperVector

Vectoring Not supported Supported Supported Supported

G.INP Supported

VDSL2 PTMbonding

Supported (Supports the bonding of any eight ports on the MA5616 equipped with a CCUEcontrol board. And supports 8-pair bonding when being connected to the MA5694.)

INM Supported

SELT Supported

MELT Supported

Spectrumparameter profile

Supports VDSL2 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, 12a, 12b, and 17a profiles. Supports VDSL2 8a,8b, 8c, 8d, 12a, 12b,17a, and 35bprofiles.

Annex type l G.992.1 AnnexA

l G.992.3 AnnexA, B, L, or M

l G.992.5 AnnexA, B, or M

l G.993.2 AnnexA or B

l G.992.1 AnnexA

l G.992.3 AnnexA, B, J, L, or M

l G.992.5 AnnexA, B, J, or M

l G.993.2 AnnexA or B

l G.992.1 AnnexA

l G.992.3 AnnexA/B/J/L/M

l G.992.5 AnnexA/B/J/M

l G.993.2 AnnexA/B

l G.992.1 AnnexA

l G.992.3 AnnexA/B/J/L/M

l G.992.5 AnnexA/B/J/M

l G.993.2 AnnexA/B

Configurationmode

Supports TR129, TI, and TR165/TR252 [2].

Embeddedsplitter

Not supported

Temperaturequery and high-temperaturealarm

Supported

Automatic powershutdown in theevent of a hightemperature

Supported

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

62

Page 68: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Specifications H83BVDMM [1] H83BVCMM H83DVCMM H83DSDMM

Connector Champ 64-pin

Table 3-21 Differences between 32-channel VDSL2 service boards

Specifications H83BVDLE H83BVDLF H83BVCLE H83BVCLF H836VCLE

Applicable line 32-channelVDSL2 overPOTS

32-channelVDSL2

32-channelVDSL2 overPOTS

32-channelVDSL2

32-channelVDSL2 overPOTS

Vectoring Not supported Notsupported

Supported Supported Not supported

G.INP Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported

VDSL2 PTMbonding

Supported (Supports the bonding of any four ports on the MA5616 equipped with aCCUE control board. And supports 8-pair bonding when being connected to theMA5694.)

INM Supported

SELT Supported

MELT Not supported

Spectrum parameterprofile

Supports VDSL2 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, 12a, 12b, and 17a profiles.

Annex type l G.992.1Annex A

l G.992.3Annex A,L, or M

l G.992.5Annex Aor M

l G.993.2Annex Aor B

l G.992.1Annex A

l G.992.3Annex A,L, or M

l G.992.5Annex Aor M

l G.993.2Annex Aor B

l G.992.1Annex A

l G.992.3Annex A, L,or M

l G.992.5Annex A orM

l G.993.2Annex A orB

l G.992.1Annex A

l G.992.3Annex A, B,J, L, or M

l G.992.5Annex A, B,J, or M

l G.993.2Annex A/B

l G.992.1Annex A

l G.992.3Annex A, L,or M

l G.992.5Annex A orM

l G.993.2Annex A

Configuration mode Supports TR129, TI, and TR165/TR252 [2]. Supports TR129and TR165/TR252 [2].

Embedded splitter Supported(600-ohmimpedancesplitter)

Notsupported

Supported (600-ohm impedancesplitter)

Not supported Supported (600-ohm impedancesplitter)

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

63

Page 69: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Specifications H83BVDLE H83BVDLF H83BVCLE H83BVCLF H836VCLE

Temperature queryand high-temperature alarm

Supported

Automatic powershutdown in theevent of a hightemperature

Supported

Connector Champ 64-pin

Table 3-22 Differences between 24-channel VDSL2 service boards

Specifications H835VDSH H835VDTH H835VDSE

Applicable line 24-channel VDSL2 overPOTS

24-channel VDSL2 overISDN

24-channel VDSL2 overPOTS

Vectoring Not supported

G.INP Supported

VDSL2 PTM bonding Supported (Supports the bonding of any four ports on the MA5616 equipped with aCCUE control board. And supports 8-pair bonding when being connected to theMA5694.)

INM Supported

SELT Supported

MELT Not supported

Spectrum parameterprofile

Supports VDSL2 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, 12a, 12b, and 17a profiles.

Annex type l G.992.1 Annex Al G.992.3 Annex A, L,

or Ml G.992.5 Annex A or

Ml G.993.2 Annex A or

B

l G.992.1 Annex Bl G.992.3 Annex Bl G.992.5 Annex Bl G.993.2 Annex A or B

l G.992.1 Annex Al G.992.3 Annex A, L, or

Ml G.992.5 Annex A or Ml G.993.2 Annex A or B

Configuration mode Supports TR129, TI, and TR165/TR252 [2].

Embedded splitter Not supported Not supported Supported (600-ohmimpedance splitter)

Temperature queryand high-temperaturealarm

Supported

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

64

Page 70: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Specifications H835VDSH H835VDTH H835VDSE

Automatic powershutdown in the eventof a high temperature

Supported

Connector Champ 64-pin

Table 3-23 Differences between 16-channel VDSL2 service boards

Specifications H835VDGE

Applicable line 16-channel VDSL2 over POTS

Vectoring Not supported

G.INP Supported

VDSL2 PTM bonding Supported (Supports the bonding of any four ports on the MA5616 equippedwith a CCUE control board. And supports 8-pair bonding when being connectedto the MA5694.)

INM Supported

SELT Supported

MELT Not supported

Spectrum parameter profile Supports VDSL2 8a, 8b, 8c, 8d, 12a, 12b, 17a, and 30a profiles.

Annex type l G.992.1 Annex Al G.992.3 Annex A, L, or Ml G.992.5 Annex A or Ml G.993.2 Annex A or B

Configuration mode Supports TR129, TI, and TR165/TR252 [2].

Embedded splitter Supported (600-ohm impedance splitter)

Temperature query andhigh-temperature alarm

Supported

Automatic power shutdownin the event of a hightemperature

Supported

Connector Champ 64-pin

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

65

Page 71: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

NOTE

l [1]: When AC power supply is used, the H83BVDMM board must work with the H831PAIC powerboard.

l [2]: Users can switch a configuration mode. To do so, log in to the MA5616 as a super user and runthe switch vdsl mode to command in diagnose mode.

l Vectoring-supported service boards take effect only when they work with power boards supportingvectoring. To check whether a service board supports vectoring, see this section. To check whether apower board supports vectoring, see Differences Between Power Boards.

3.6.2 H835VDGE Board DescriptionH835VDGE is a 16-channel VDSL2 over POTS service board that provides the VDSL2 overPOTS access service. It has an embedded splitter with 600-ohm impedance.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-15 shows the working principles of the H835VDGE board.

Figure 3-15 Working principles of the H835VDGE board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor Chipset

module

Splitter module

Power module

Clock module

PSTN

LINE

–48 V, +3.3 V

Protection module

PSTNdevice

VTU-R

H835VDGE

Control module

16 x (VDSL2 over POTS)

16 x POTS

Backplane port bus

Control board

DC power

User sideBackplane

The basic working principles of the H835VDGE board are as follows:

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

66

Page 72: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.l The splitter module separates POTS signals from combined signals (VDSL2 signals and

POTS signals).l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

67

Page 73: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

16 channels of POTS signals

(0-15)

16 channels of VDSL2 and POTS

(0-15)

Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

VD

GE

PSTN

LINE

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

68

Page 74: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-24 describes the pin assignments of the PSTN and LINE ports on the front panel ofthe H835VDGE board.

Table 3-24 Pin assignments of the PSTN/LINE port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 - 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 - 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 - 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 - 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 - 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 - 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 - 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 - 2 -

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionAll versions

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

69

Page 75: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.6.3 H835VDSE Board DescriptionH835VDSE is a 24-channel VDSL2 over POTS service board that provides the VDSL2 overPOTS access service. It has an embedded splitter with 600-ohm impedance.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-16 shows the working principles of the H835VDSE board.

Figure 3-16 Working principles of the H835VDSE board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor Chipset

module

Splitter module

Power module

Clock module

PSTN

LINE

–48 V, +3.3 V

Protection module

PSTNdevice

VTU-R

H835VDSE

Control module

24 x (VDSL2 over POTS)

24 x POTS

Backplane port bus

Control board

DC power

User sideBackplane

The basic working principles of the H835VDSE board are as follows:

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.

l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.

l The splitter module separates POTS signals from combined signals (VDSL2 signals andPOTS signals).

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.

l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

70

Page 76: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

24 channels of POTS signals

(0-23)

24 channels of VDSL2 and POTS

(0-23)

Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

71

Page 77: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-25 describes the pin assignments of the PSTN and LINE ports on the front panel ofthe H835VDSE board.

Table 3-25 Pin assignments of the PSTN/LINE port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 -

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionAll versions

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

72

Page 78: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.6.4 H835VDSH Board DescriptionH835VDSH is a 24-channel VDSL2 over POTS service board that provides the VDSL2 overPOTS access service. It does not have an embedded splitter.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-17 shows the working principles of the H835VDSH board.

Figure 3-17 Working principles of the H835VDSH board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor Chipset

module

Power module

Clock module

LINE

-48V, +3.3V

Protection module VTU-R

H835VDSH

Control module

24* (VDSL2 over POTS)

Backplane port bus

Control board

DC power

User sideBackplane

The basic working principles of the H835VDSH board are as follows:

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.

l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.

l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

73

Page 79: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

24 channels of VDSL2 (0-23)

Connected to the MDF

VDSH

xDSL

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

74

Page 80: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-26 describes the pin assignments of the xDSL ports on the front panel of theH835VDSH board.

Table 3-26 Pin assignments of the xDSL port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 -

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionAll versions

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

75

Page 81: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.6.5 H835VDTH Board DescriptionH835VDTH is a 24-channel VDSL2 over ISDN service board that provides the VDSL2 overISDN access service. It does not have an embedded splitter.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-18 shows the working principles of the H835VDTH board.

Figure 3-18 Working principles of the H835VDTH board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor Chipset

module

Power module

Clock module

VDSL2

-48V,+3.3V

Protection module VTU-R

H835VDTH

Control module

24 x (VDSL2 over ISDN)

Backplane port bus

Control board

DC power

User sideBackplane

The basic working principles of the H835VDTH board are as follows:

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.

l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.

l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

76

Page 82: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

24 channels of VDSL2 (0-23)

Connected to the MDF

VDTH

xDSL

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

77

Page 83: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-27 describes the pin assignments of the xDSL ports on the front panel of theH835VDTH board.

Table 3-27 Pin assignments of the xDSL port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 -

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionAll versions

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

78

Page 84: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.6.6 H836VCLE Board DescriptionH836VCLE is a 32-channel VDSL2 over POTS service board that provides the VDSL2 overPOTS access service. It has an embedded splitter with 600-ohm impedance.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-19 shows the working principles of the H836VCLE board.

Figure 3-19 Working principles of the H836VCLE board

The basic working principles of the H836VCLE board are as follows:

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.

l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.

l The splitter module separates POTS signals from combined signals (VDSL2 signals andPOTS signals).

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.

l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

79

Page 85: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

32 channels of POTS signals

(0-31)

32 channels of VDSL2 and POTS

(0-31)

Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

VCLE

PSTN

LINE

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

80

Page 86: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-28 describes the pin assignments of the PSTN and LINE ports on the front panel ofthe H836VCLE board.

Table 3-28 Pin assignments of the PSTN/LINE port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Singal

Pin Singal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 24

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 25

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 26

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 27

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 28

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 29

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 30

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 31

49 33 17 1

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

81

Page 87: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Supported Software Versionl V800R313C00SPC211 and patches later than the version having the same R version as

V800R313C00SPC211l V800R313C00SPH215 and patches later than the version having the same R version as

V800R313C00SPH215l V800R015C00SPH205 and patches later than the version having the same R version as

V800R015C00SPH205l V800R312C00 and later

3.6.7 H83BVDLE Board DescriptionH83BVDLE is a 32-channel VDSL2 over POTS service board that provides the VDSL2 overPOTS access service. It has an embedded splitter with 600-ohm impedance.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-20 shows the working principles of the H83BVDLE board.

Figure 3-20 Working principles of the H83BVDLE board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor Chipset

module

Splitter module

Power module

Clock module

PSTN

LINE

-48V,+3.3V

Protection module

PSTNdevice

VTU-R

H83BVDLE

Control module

32* (VDSL2 over POTS)

32*POTS

Backplane port bus

Control board

DC power

User sideBackplane

The basic working principles of the H83BVDLE board are as follows:

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

82

Page 88: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.l The splitter module separates POTS signals from combined signals (VDSL2 signals and

POTS signals).l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

83

Page 89: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

32 channels of POTS signals

(0-31)

32 channels of VDSL2 and POTS

(0-31)

Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

VDLE

PSTN

LINE

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

84

Page 90: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-29 describes the pin assignments of the PSTN and LINE ports on the front panel ofthe H83BVDLE board.

Table 3-29 Pin assignments of the PSTN/LINE port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Singal

Pin Singal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 24

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 25

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 26

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 27

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 28

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 29

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 30

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 31

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionAll versions

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

85

Page 91: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.6.8 H83BVDLF Board DescriptionH83BVDLF is a 32-channel VDSL2 service board that provides the VDSL2 access service. Itdoes not have an embedded splitter.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-21 shows the working principles of the H83BVDLF board.

Figure 3-21 Working principles of the H83BVDLF board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor Chipset

module

Power module

Clock module

32*VDSL2

-48V, +3.3V

Protection module VTU-R

H83BVDLF

Control module

Backplane port bus

Control board

DC power

User sideBackplane

The basic working principles of the H83BVDLF board are as follows:

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.

l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.

l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

86

Page 92: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

32 channels of VDSL2 and POTS

(0-31)

Connected to the MDF

VDLF

LINE

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

87

Page 93: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-30 describes the pin assignments of the LINE ports on the front panel of theH83BVDLF board.

Table 3-30 Pin assignments of the LINE port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Singal

Pin Singal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 24

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 25

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 26

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 27

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 28

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 29

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 30

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 31

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionAll versions

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

88

Page 94: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.6.9 H83BVCLE Board DescriptionH83BVCLE is a 32-channel VDSL2 over POTS service board that provides the VDSL2 overPOTS access service. It has an embedded splitter with 600-ohm impedance and supportsvectoring.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-22 shows the working principles of the H83BVCLE board.

Figure 3-22 Working principles of the H83BVCLE board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Protection module

Control module

-48V, +3.3V

Chipset module

Switch module

PHY

10GKR Splitter module

VTU-R

PSTN device

PSTN 32*POTS

LINE32*VDSL2 over POTS

VCE daughter

board

H83BVCLEBackplane User side

Backplane port busControl

board

DC power

Power module

Clock module

The basic working principles of the H83BVCLE board are as follows:

l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.l The switch module converts the port signal on the backplane to the port signal on the

chipset module, and converts the port signal on the PHY (Physical layer signalprocessing) chip to the port signal on the chipset module.

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The splitter module separates POTS signals from combined signals (VDSL2 signals and

POTS signals).

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

89

Page 95: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

A VCE daughter board is installed on a power board for processing vectoring signals. Thisdaughter board provides a 10 GKR port to connect to the H83BVCLE board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

90

Page 96: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

32 channels of POTS signals

(0-31)

32 channels of VDSL2 and POTS

(0-31)

Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

VCLE

PSTN

LINE

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

91

Page 97: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-31 describes the pin assignments of the PSTN and LINE ports on the front panel ofthe H83BVCLE board.

Table 3-31 Pin assignments of the PSTN/LINE port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Singal

Pin Singal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 24

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 25

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 26

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 27

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 28

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 29

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 30

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 31

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionV800R312C00 and later

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

92

Page 98: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.6.10 H83BVCLF Board DescriptionH83BVCLF is a 32-channel VDSL2 service board that provides the VDSL2 access service. Itdoes not have an embedded splitter and supports vectoring.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-23 shows the working principles of the H83BVCLF board.

Figure 3-23 Working principles of the H83BVCLF board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Protection module

Control module

-48V、+3.3V

Chipset module

Switch module

PHY

10GKR

VTU-R32*VDSL2

VCE daughter

board

H83BVCLFBackplane User side

Backplane port busControl

board

DC power

Power module

Clock module

The basic working principles of the H83BVCLF board are as follows:

l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.l The switch module converts the port signal on the backplane to the port signal on the

chipset module, and converts the port signal on the PHY (Physical layer signalprocessing) chip to the port signal on the chipset module.

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

93

Page 99: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

A VCE daughter board is installed on a power board for processing vectoring signals. Thisdaughter board provides a 10 GKR port to connect to the H83BVCLF board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

94

Page 100: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

32 channels of VDSL2 (0-31) Connected to the MDF

VCLF

xDSL

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

95

Page 101: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-32 describes the pin assignments of the xDSL ports on the front panel of theH83BVCLF board.

Table 3-32 Pin assignments of the xDSL port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Singal

Pin Singal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 24

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 25

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 26

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 27

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 28

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 29

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 30

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 31

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionV800R312C00 and later

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

96

Page 102: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.6.11 H83BVDMM Board DescriptionH83BVDMM is a 48-channel VDSL2 service board that provides the VDSL2 access service.It does not have an embedded splitter.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-24 shows the working principles of the H83BVDMM board.

Figure 3-24 Working principles of the H83BVDMM board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Protection module

Control module

–48 V,+3.3 V

Chipset module

Switch module VTU-R

48*VDSL2

H83BVDMMBackplane User side

Backplane port busControl

board

DC power

Power module

Clock module

The basic working principles of the H83BVDMM board are as follows:

l The switch module switches the interface of the backplane to the interface of the chipsetmodule.

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

97

Page 103: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

Front Panel Port

24 channels of VDSL2 (24-47)

Connected to the MDF

24 channels of VDSL2 (0-23)

Connected to the MDF

VDMM

xDSL1

xDSL0

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

98

Page 104: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-33 describes the pin assignments of the xDSL0 port on the front panel of theH83BVDMM board.

Table 3-33 Pin assignments of the xDSL0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 -

49 33 17 1

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

99

Page 105: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-34 describes the pin assignments of the xDSL1 port on the front panel of theH83BVDMM board.

Table 3-34 Pin assignments of the xDSL1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 39 48 31 32 40 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 38 46 30 30 41 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 37 44 29 28 42 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 36 42 28 26 43 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 35 40 27 24 44 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 34 38 26 22 45 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 33 36 25 20 46 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 32 34 24 18 47 2 -

49 33 17 1

Supported Software Version

All versions

3.6.12 H83BVCMM Board DescriptionH83BVCMM is a 48-channel VDSL2 service board that provides the VDSL2 access service.It does not have an embedded splitter and supports vectoring.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

100

Page 106: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-25 shows the working principles of the H83BVCMM board.

Figure 3-25 Working principles of the H83BVCMM board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Protection module

Control module

-48V、+3.3V

Chipset module

Switch module

PHY

10GKR

VTU-R48*VDSL2

VCE daughter

board

H83BVCMMBackplane User side

Backplane port busControl

board

DC power

Power module

Clock module

The basic working principles of the H83BVCMM board are as follows:

l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.l The switch module converts port signals on the backplane to port signals on the chipset

module, and converts port signals on the PHY chip (for processing physical layersignals) to port signals on the chipset module.

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

A VCE daughter board is installed on a power board for processing vectoring signals. Thisdaughter board provides a 10 GKR port to connect to the H83BVCMM board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

101

Page 107: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

24 channels of VDSL2 (0-23)

24 channels of VDSL2 (24-47) Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

VCMM

xDSL1

xDSL0

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

102

Page 108: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin Assignments

Table 3-35 describes the pin assignments of the xDSL0 port on the front panel of theH83BVCMM board.

Table 3-35 Pin assignments of the xDSL0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 -

49 33 17 1

Table 3-36 describes the pin assignments of the xDSL1 port on the front panel of theH83BVCMM board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

103

Page 109: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-36 Pin assignments of the xDSL1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 39 48 31 32 40 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 38 46 30 30 41 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 37 44 29 28 42 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 36 42 28 26 43 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 35 40 27 24 44 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 34 38 26 22 45 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 33 36 25 20 46 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 32 34 24 18 47 2 -

49 33 17 1

Supported Software Version

l V800R313C00SPC212 and patches later than the version having the same R version asV800R313C00SPC212

l V800R311C00 and later

3.6.13 H83DVCMM Board DescriptionH83DVCMM is a 48-channel VDSL2 service board that provides the VDSL2 access service.It does not have an embedded splitter. It supports vectoring and metallic line testing (MELT).

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

104

Page 110: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-26 shows the working principles of the H83DVCMM board.

Figure 3-26 Working principles of the H83DVCMM board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Protection module

Control module

–48 V, +3.3 V

Chipset module

Switch module

PHY

10 GKR

VTU-R48 x VDSL2

VCE daughter

board

H83DVCMMBackplane User side

Backplane port busControl

board

DC power

Power module

Clock module

The basic working principles of the H83DVCMM board are as follows:

l The switch module switches the interface of the backplane to the interface of the chipsetmodule.

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

A VCE daughter board is installed on a power board for processing vectoring signals. Thisdaughter board provides a 10 GKR port to connect to the H83DVCMM board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

105

Page 111: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

24 channels of VDSL2 (0-23)

24 channels of VDSL2 (24-47) Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

VCMM

xDSL1

xDSL0

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

106

Page 112: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-37 and Table 3-38 describe pin assignments of the xDSL ports on the front panel ofthe H83DVCMM board.

Table 3-37 Pin assignments of the xDSL0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 -

49 33 17 1

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

107

Page 113: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-38 Pin assignments of the xDSL1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 39 48 31 32 40 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 38 46 30 30 41 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 37 44 29 28 42 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 36 42 28 26 43 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 35 40 27 24 44 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 34 38 26 22 45 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 33 36 25 20 46 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 32 34 24 18 47 2 -

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionV800R016C00 and later

3.6.14 H83DSDMM Board DescriptionH83DSDMM is a 48-channel SuperVector service board that provides the SuperVector accessservice. It does not have an embedded splitter. It supports metallic line testing (MELT).

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-27 shows the working principles of the H83DSDMM board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

108

Page 114: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-27 Working principles of the H83DSDMM board

The basic working principles of the H83DSDMM board are as follows:

l The switch module switches the interface of the backplane to the interface of the chipsetmodule.

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

A VCE daughter board is installed on a power board for processing vectoring signals. Thisdaughter board provides a 10 GKR port to connect to the H83DSDMM board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

109

Page 115: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

110

Page 116: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-39 and Table 3-40 describe pin assignments of the xDSL ports on the front panel ofthe H83DSDMM board.

Table 3-39 Pin assignments of the xDSL0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 -

49 33 17 1

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

111

Page 117: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-40 Pin assignments of the xDSL1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 39 48 31 32 40 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 38 46 30 30 41 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 37 44 29 28 42 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 36 42 28 26 43 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 35 40 27 24 44 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 34 38 26 22 45 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 33 36 25 20 46 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 32 34 24 18 47 2 -

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionV800R016C10 and later

3.6.15 H836VCPE Board DescriptionH836VCPE is a 64-channel VDSL2 over POTS service board that provides the VDSL2 overPOTS access service. It has an embedded splitter with 600-ohm impedance.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-28 shows the working principles of the H836VCPE board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

112

Page 118: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-28 Working principles of the H836VCPE board

The basic working principles of the H836VCPE board are as follows:

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.l The splitter module separates POTS signals from combined signals (VDSL2 signals and

POTS signals).l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

113

Page 119: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

Connected to the MDF

32 channels of VDSL2 and POTS

(32-63)

32 channels of VDSL2 and POTS

(0-31)

32 channels of POTS (32-63)

32 channels of POTS (0-31)

Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

VCPE

PSTN

1PSTN0

LINE1

LINE0

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

114

Page 120: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsThe pin assignments of LINE ports are the same as those of PSTN ports. Table 3-41 andTable 3-42 describe pin assignments of the PSTN0 and PSTN1 ports on the front panel of theH836VCPE board, respectively.

Table 3-41 Pin assignments of the PSTN0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

1 7 17 15 33 23 49 31

2 18 34 50

3 6 19 14 35 22 51 30

4 20 36 52

5 5 21 13 37 21 53 29

6 22 38 54

7 4 23 12 39 20 55 28

8 24 40 56

9 3 25 11 41 19 57 27

10 26 42 58

11 2 27 10 43 18 59 26

12 28 44 60

13 1 29 9 45 17 61 25

14 30 46 62

15 0 31 8 47 16 63 24

16 32 48 64

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

115

Page 121: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-42 Pin assignments of the PSTN1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

1 39 17 47 33 55 49 63

2 18 34 50

3 38 19 46 35 54 51 62

4 20 36 52

5 37 21 45 37 53 53 61

6 22 38 54

7 36 23 44 39 52 55 60

8 24 40 56

9 35 25 43 41 51 57 59

10 26 42 58

11 34 27 42 43 50 59 58

12 28 44 60

13 33 29 41 45 49 61 57

14 30 46 62

15 32 31 40 47 48 63 56

16 32 48 64

Supported Software Version

l V800R313C00SPC209 and patches later than the version having the same R version asV800R313C00SPC209

l V800R016C10SPH205 and patches later than the version having the same R version asV800R016C10SPH205

l V800R015C10 and later

3.6.16 H83DVCPE Board DescriptionH83DVCPE is a 64-channel VDSL2 over POTS service board that provides the VDSL2 overPOTS access service. It has an embedded splitter with 600-ohm impedance and supportsvectoring.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

116

Page 122: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-29 shows the working principles of the H83DVCPE board.

Figure 3-29 Working principles of the H83DVCPE board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor Chipset

module

Splitter module

Power module

Clock module

PSTN

LINE

–48 V, +3.3 V

Protection module

PSTNdevice

VTU-R

H83DVCPE

Control module

64 x (VDSL2 over POTS)

64 x POTS

Backplane port busControl

board

DC power

User sideBackplane

The basic working principles of the H83DVCPE board are as follows:

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.l The splitter module separates POTS signals from combined signals (VDSL2 signals and

POTS signals).l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

117

Page 123: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

Connected to the MDF

32 channels of VDSL2 and POTS

(32-63)

32 channels of VDSL2 and POTS

(0-31)

32 channels of POTS (32-63)

32 channels of POTS (0-31)

Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

VCPE

PSTN

1PSTN0

LINE1

LINE0

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

118

Page 124: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsThe pin assignments of LINE ports are the same as those of PSTN ports. Table 3-43 andTable 3-44 describe pin assignments of the PSTN0 and PSTN1 ports on the front panel of theH83DVCPE board, respectively.

Table 3-43 Pin assignments of the PSTN0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

1 7 17 15 33 23 49 31

2 18 34 50

3 6 19 14 35 22 51 30

4 20 36 52

5 5 21 13 37 21 53 29

6 22 38 54

7 4 23 12 39 20 55 28

8 24 40 56

9 3 25 11 41 19 57 27

10 26 42 58

11 2 27 10 43 18 59 26

12 28 44 60

13 1 29 9 45 17 61 25

14 30 46 62

15 0 31 8 47 16 63 24

16 32 48 64

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

119

Page 125: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-44 Pin assignments of the PSTN1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

1 39 17 47 33 55 49 63

2 18 34 50

3 38 19 46 35 54 51 62

4 20 36 52

5 37 21 45 37 53 53 61

6 22 38 54

7 36 23 44 39 52 55 60

8 24 40 56

9 35 25 43 41 51 57 59

10 26 42 58

11 34 27 42 43 50 59 58

12 28 44 60

13 33 29 41 45 49 61 57

14 30 46 62

15 32 31 40 47 48 63 56

16 32 48 64

Supported Software VersionV800R016C00 and later

3.6.17 H83DVCPD Board DescriptionH83DVCPD is a 64-channel VDSL2 service board that provides the VDSL2 access service. Itdoes not have an embedded splitter and supports vectoring.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between VDSL2 Service Boards.

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-30 shows the working principles of the H83DVCPD board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

120

Page 126: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-30 Working principles of the H83DVCPD board

The basic working principles of the H83DVCPD board are as follows:l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/A

conversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

121

Page 127: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

122

Page 128: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-45 and Table 3-46 describe pin assignments of the LINE0 and LINE1 ports on thefront panel of the H83DVCPD board, respectively.

Table 3-45 Pin assignments of the LINE0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

1 7 17 15 33 23 49 31

2 18 34 50

3 6 19 14 35 22 51 30

4 20 36 52

5 5 21 13 37 21 53 29

6 22 38 54

7 4 23 12 39 20 55 28

8 24 40 56

9 3 25 11 41 19 57 27

10 26 42 58

11 2 27 10 43 18 59 26

12 28 44 60

13 1 29 9 45 17 61 25

14 30 46 62

15 0 31 8 47 16 63 24

16 32 48 64

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

123

Page 129: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-46 Pin assignments of the LINE1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

1 39 17 47 33 55 49 63

2 18 34 50

3 38 19 46 35 54 51 62

4 20 36 52

5 37 21 45 37 53 53 61

6 22 38 54

7 36 23 44 39 52 55 60

8 24 40 56

9 35 25 43 41 51 57 59

10 26 42 58

11 34 27 42 43 50 59 58

12 28 44 60

13 33 29 41 45 49 61 57

14 30 46 62

15 32 31 40 47 48 63 56

16 32 48 64

Supported Software VersionV800R016C10 and later

3.7 ADSL2+ Service BoardADSL2+ service boards provide ADSL2+ access services using the broadband ports.

3.7.1 Differences Between ADSL2+ Service BoardsBased on the number of supported users, ADSL2+ service boards supported by the MA5616can be classified into 32-channel ADSL2+ service board and 64-channel ADSL2+ serviceboard. These boards support ADSL2+ and ADSL2+ over POTS access services.

Table 3-47 lists the differences between ADSL2+ service boards supported by the MA5616.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

124

Page 130: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-47 Differences between ADSL2+ service boards

Specifications H83AADLE orH835ADLE

H836ADLE H836ADPE

Applicable line 32-channel ADSL2+over POTS

32-channel ADSL2+over POTS

64-channel ADSL2+ overPOTS

Port l PSTNl LINE

G.INP Supported Not supported Not supported

INM Supported

SELT supported

MELT Not supported

Annex type l G.992.1 Annex Al G.992.3 Annex A, L, or M (EU32-EU64)l G.992.5 Annex A or M (EU32-EU64)

Configuration mode Supports RFC 2662, RFC 4706, and TR165/TR252. (Users can switch aconfiguration mode. To do so, log in to the MA5616 as a super user and runthe switch adsl mode to command in diagnose mode. The defaultconfiguration mode is RFC 2662. Considering the development trend, TR165is recommended because it is more flexible than others.)

Connector Champ 64-pin Champ 64-pin Delander 64-pin

Embedded splitter Supported (600-ohm impedance splitter)

Temperature query and high-temperature alarm

Supported

Automatic power shutdown inthe event of a high temperature

Supported

3.7.2 H83AADLE, H835ADLE, and H836ADLE Board DescriptionH83AADLE, H835ADLE, and H836ADLE are 32-channel ADSL2+ over POTS serviceboards that provide the ADSL2+ over POTS access service. They have an embedded splitterwith 600-ohm impedance.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between ADSL2+ Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

125

Page 131: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-31 shows the working principles of the H83AADLE, H835ADLE, and H836ADLEboards.

Figure 3-31 Working principles of the H83AADLE, H835ADLE, and H836ADLE boards

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor Interface

module

Splitter module

Power module

Clock module

PSTN 32*POTS

LINE32* (ADSL2+ over POTS)

-48V,+3.3V

Protection module

PSTN device

ATU-RBackplane port bus

H83A/H835/H836ADLE

Control module

Control board

DC power

Backplane User side

The basic working principles of the H83AADLE, H835ADLE, and H836ADLE boards are asfollows:

l The interface module isolates signals to meet board's hot swapping requirements andprovides information about board hardware management.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The control module controls the board software loading and board running, and manages

the board.l The splitter module separates POTS signals from combined signals (ADSL2+ signals

and POTS signals).l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

126

Page 132: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

32 channels of POTS(0-31)

32 channels of ADSL2+ and POTS (0-31)

Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

127

Page 133: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-48 describes the pin assignments of the PSTN and LINE ports on the front panel ofthe H83AADLE, H835ADLE, and H836ADLE boards.

Table 3-48 Pin assignments of the PSTN/LINE port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 24

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 25

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 26

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 27

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 28

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 29

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 30

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 31

49 33 17 1

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

128

Page 134: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Supported Software Version

Boards Supported Software Version

H83AADLE V800R311C01 and later

H835ADLE All versions

H836ADLE V800R311C01 and later

3.7.3 H836ADPE Board DescriptionH836ADPE is a 64-channel ADSL2+ over POTS service board that provides the ADSL2+over POTS access services. It has an embedded splitter with 600-ohm impedance.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between ADSL2+ Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-32 shows the working principles of the H836ADPE board.

Figure 3-32 Working principles of the H836ADPE board

Backplane connector

Interface module

Splitter module

Power module

Clock module

PSTN 64*POTS

LINE64* (ADSL2+ over POTS)

-48V,+3.3V

Protection module

PSTN device

ATU-RBackplane port bus

H836ADPE

Control module

Control board

DC power

Backplane User side

The basic working principles of the H836ADPE board are as follows:

l The interface module isolates signals to meet board's hot swapping requirements andprovides information about board hardware management.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

129

Page 135: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.

l The control module controls the board software loading and board running, and managesthe board.

l The splitter module separates POTS signals from combined signals (ADSL2+ signalsand POTS signals).

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.

l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

Front Panel Port

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

130

Page 136: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsThe pin assignments of LINE ports are the same as those of PSTN ports. Table 3-49 andTable 3-50 describe pin assignments of the PSTN1 and LINE1 ports, and of PSTN0 andLINE0 ports on the front panel of the H836ADPE board, respectively.

Table 3-49 Pin assignments of the PSTN1/LINE1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 63 48 55 32 47 16 39

63 47 31 15

62 62 46 54 30 46 14 38

61 45 29 13

60 61 44 53 28 45 12 37

59 43 27 11

58 60 42 52 26 44 10 36

57 41 25 9

56 59 40 51 24 43 8 35

55 39 23 7

54 58 38 50 22 42 6 34

53 37 21 5

52 57 36 49 20 41 4 33

51 35 19 3

50 56 34 48 18 40 2 32

49 33 17 1

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

131

Page 137: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-50 Pin assignments of the PSTN0/LINE0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 31 48 23 32 15 16 7

63 47 31 15

62 30 46 22 30 14 14 6

61 45 29 13

60 29 44 21 28 13 12 5

59 43 27 11

58 28 42 20 26 12 10 4

57 41 25 9

56 27 40 19 24 11 8 3

55 39 23 7

54 26 38 18 22 10 6 2

53 37 21 5

52 25 36 17 20 9 4 1

51 35 19 3

50 24 34 16 18 8 2 0

49 33 17 1

Supported Software Version

All versions

3.8 SHDSL Service BoardSHDSL service boards provide the SHDSL access service using broadband ports.

3.8.1 H832SHLH Board DescriptionH832SHLH is a 16-channel SHDSL service board that provides the SHDSL access service.

Functions and Specificationsl 16-channel user portsl SHDSL access servicel ATM SHDSL and EFM SHDSL access modes

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

132

Page 138: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l 2, 3, 4 pair bondingl Port protectionl Board power-off for energy conservation

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-33 shows the working principles of the H832SHLH board.

Figure 3-33 Working principles of the H832SHLH boardB

ackp

lane

con

nect

or Interface module

Power module

Clock module

16 x SHDSL

–48 V,+3.3 V

Protection module

STU-RBackplane port bus

H832SHLH

Control module

Control board

DC power

Backplane User side

The basic working principles of the H832SHLH board are as follows:

l The chipset module implements functions, such as amplification, filtering, A/D and D/Aconversion, coding/decoding, and encapsulation/decapsulation for signals.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The control module decodes signals and monitors signals.l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides working clock for other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

133

Page 139: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

16 channels SHDSL(0-15) Connected to the MDF

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

134

Page 140: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-51 describes the pin assignments of the xDSL ports on the front panel of theH832SHLH board.

Table 3-51 Pin assignments of the xDSL port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 - 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 - 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 - 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 - 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 - 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 - 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 - 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 - 2 -

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionAll versions

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

135

Page 141: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.9 Ethernet Service BoardEthernet service boards are used for GE or FE signal access to implement the Ethernetservice.

3.9.1 Differences Between Ethernet Service BoardsTable 3-52 lists the differences between Ethernet service boards supported by the MA5616.

Table 3-52 Specifications of Ethernet service boards

Specifications H831EIUD H831EIUA

Number of ports 4 GE optical/electricaladaptive ports and 4 FEoptical ports

16 FE electrical ports

Optical module l GE optical port: SFPGE optical module

l FE optical port: SFP FEoptical module

Not supported

Port protection Supported Supported

Board shutdown forenergy conservation

Supported Supported

Synchronous Ethernetclock output

Supported Not supported

3.9.2 H831EIUD Board DescriptionH831EIUD is a P2P Ethernet access board. It provides four channels of GE optical orelectrical access services and four channels of FE optical access services to meet the P2Poptical access requirements of enterprise users and individual VIP users.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Ethernet Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-34 shows the working principles of the H831EIUD board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

136

Page 142: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-34 Working principles of the H831EIUD board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Power module

+3.3 V

Inte

rface

mod

ule

Ser

vice

pro

cess

ing

mod

ule

PHYchip

PHYchip

GE

ele

ctric

al

port

GE

opt

ical

po

rtFE

opt

ical

po

rt

H831EIUD User

terminal

Backplane User side

Backplane port busControl

board

DC power

FE optical signal

GE optical signal

GE electrical signal

User terminal

User terminal

The basic working principles of the H831EIUD board are as follows:

l The interface module isolates signals to meet board's hot swapping requirements andprovides information about board hardware management.

l The service processing module aggregates GE optical/electrical signals and FE opticalsignals and then transmits the aggregated signals to the control board for processing.

l The PHY chip provides data service channels that are uniformly managed by the controlboard.

l The FE optical port provides access to FE optical services and also provides portprotection.

l The GE optical port provides access to GE optical services and also provides portprotection.

l The GE electrical port provides access to GE electrical services and also provides portprotection.

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

137

Page 143: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

138

Page 144: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

- Data/Linkstatusindicator

Green Blinking (1s on and 1soff)

A link has been set up on theport, and data is beingtransmitted.

Green On A link has been set up on theport, but no data is beingtransmitted.

- Off The link malfunctions andfails to set up on the port.

FE optical moduleA FE optical module can be configured on an H831EIUD board, connect one LC/PC opticalfiber to the board for one-channel FE. Table 3-53 lists the specifications of FE opticalmodules.

Table 3-53 Specifications of FE optical modules

Type One-fiber bi-directional optical module

No. 1 2

OperatingWavelength

Tx: 1310 nmRx: 1550 nm

Tx: 1550 nmRx: 1310 nm

Encapsulation Type eSFP eSFP

Rate STM-1 STM-1

Minimum OutputOptical Power

-15.0 dBm -15.0 dBm

Maximum OutputOptical Power

-8.0 dBm -8.0 dBm

Maximum ReceiverSensitivity

-32.0 dBm -32.0 dBm

Optical ConnectorType

LC/PC LC/PC

Optical Fiber Type Single-mode Single-mode

Reach 15.0 km 15.0 km

Overload opticalpower

-8 dBm -8 dBm

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

139

Page 145: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Supported Software Version

V800R310C00, V800R311C00, V800R312C00, and later

3.9.3 H831EIUA Board DescriptionH831EIUA is a 16-channel Ethernet access board. It provides FE electrical access services tomeet user requirements for high-speed Internet access service.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Ethernet Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-35 shows the working principles of the H831EIUA board.

Figure 3-35 Working principles of the H831EIUA board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Power module

PHYchip

+3.3 V

Inte

rface

mod

ule

FE p

ort

H831EIUA

FE signal

DC power

Control board

Backplane port bus

BackplaneUser side

User terminal

The basic working principles of the H831EIUA board are as follows:

l The interface module isolates signals to meet board's hot swapping requirements andprovides information about board hardware management.

l The PHY chip provides data service channels for FE signals, which are uniformlymanaged by the control board.

l The FE port provides fast Ethernet access service and also provides port protection.l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

140

Page 146: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

141

Page 147: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

- Data/Linkstatusindicator

Green Blinking (1s on and 1soff)

A link has been set up on theport, and data is beingtransmitted.

Green On A link has been set up on theport, but no data is beingtransmitted.

- Off The link malfunctions andfails to set up on the port.

Supported Software Version

V800R310C00, V800R311C00, V800R312C00, and later

3.10 Voice Service BoardVoice service boards support VoIP POTS, ISDN BRA, ISDN PRA and R2 services.

NOTE

When voice boards are used, the control board must be equipped with a daughter board that supportsVoIP logic forwarding.

3.10.1 Differences Between Voice Service BoardsVoice service boards supported by the MA5616 are classified into four types: POTS boards,BRA, PRA, and R2.

Table 3-54 Specifications of POTS service boards

Specifications H838ASRB H837ASPB/H838ASPB/H839ASPB

Connector Champ 64-pin Champ 64-pin

Number of ports 32 64

Codec G.711AG.711UG.729G.723.1G.726

POTS MELT Supported Supported

MELT precision High High

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

142

Page 148: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Specifications H838ASRB H837ASPB/H838ASPB/H839ASPB

Automatic power shutdown in the event ofa high temperature

Supported Supported

Short loop Supported Supported

Polarity of wires a and b a+b-

a+b-

16/12 KC Supported Supported

Powering on/off using the CLI Supported Supported

Polarity reversal Supported Supported

Port current 20 mA, 25 mA, or30 mA

20 mA, 25 mA, or30 mA

Table 3-55 Specifications of ISDN and R2 service boards

Specifications H832DSLD H831EDTB

Types of services BRA PRA or R2

Connector Champ 64-pin Champ 64-pin

Coding mode 2B1Q E1 mode: HDB3 or AMI

Automatic powershutdown in the event ofa high temperature

Supported Supported

3.10.2 H838ASRB Board DescriptionH838ASRB is a 32-channel POTS service board and provides the POTS access service.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Voice Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-36 shows the working principles of the H838ASRB board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

143

Page 149: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-36 Working principles of the H838ASRB board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Pro

cess

ing

mod

ule

Sub

scrib

er li

ne

inte

rface

mod

ule

Power module

32 x POTS

Pro

tect

ion

mod

ule

–48 V, +3.3 V

PSTN terminal

H838ASRB

Control module

DC power

Control board

Backplane port bus

Backplane User side

+72 V, –24 V

The basic working principles of the H838ASRB board are as follows:

l The processing module processes the POTS service of the board and transmits theservice upstream using the HW interface. Using the SPI bus, this module receives theconfiguration command issued by the control module of the board and transmits theservice status information upstream.

l The subscriber line interface module provides 32-channel POTS access service.l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The control module supports the intra-board communication, service management and

control, and communication with the control board.l The power module controls the power from the backplane and supplies power to other

function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

144

Page 150: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

32 channels of POTS (0-31)

Connected to the MDF

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

145

Page 151: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator Name Color Status Meaning

RUN ALM Running statusindicator

Green On The board isrunningproperly.

Red On The board isfaulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-56 describes the pin assignments of the PSTN ports on the front panel of theH838ASRB board.

Table 3-56 Pin assignments of the PSTN port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 24

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 25

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 26

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 27

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 28

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 29

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 30

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 31

49 33 17 1

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

146

Page 152: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Supported Software Version

All versions

3.10.3 H837ASPB, H838ASPB, and H839ASPB Board DescriptionH837ASPB, H838ASPB, and H839ASPB are 64-channel POTS service boards that providethe POTS access service.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Voice Service Boards.

NOTE

l H837ASPB has the same functions as H838ASPB; therefore, H837ASPB can substitute forH838ASPB.

l Compared with H837ASPB and H838ASPB, H839ASPB supports direct current-isolated (DC-I)grounding.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-37 shows the working principles of the H837ASPB, H838ASPB, and H839ASPBboards.

Figure 3-37 Working principles of the H837ASPB, H838ASPB, and H839ASPB boards

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor Coding

or decoding module

Sub

scrib

er li

ne

inte

rface

mod

ule

Power module

64 x POTS

Pro

tect

ion

mod

ule

–48 V, +3.3 V

PSTN terminal

H837ASPB/H838ASPB/H839ASPB

MCU module

DC power

Control board

Backplane port bus

Backplane User side

+72 V, –24 V

The basic working principles of the H837ASPB, H838ASPB, and H839ASPB boards are asfollows:

l The codec module encodes and decodes voice signals and converts analog signals todigital signals.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

147

Page 153: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The subscriber-line interface module provides access to 64 channels of POTS services.l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The MCU module processes the upper-layer protocol messages between the board and

the control board and manages user ports of the board.l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.

Front Panel Port

32 channels of POTS signals

(32-63)

Connected to the MDF

32 channels of POTS signals

(0-31)

Connected to the MDF

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

148

Page 154: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator Name Color Status Meaning

RUN ALM Running statusindicator

Green On The board isrunningproperly.

Red On The board isfaulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-57 describes the pin assignments of the PSTN0 port on the front panel of theH837ASPB, H838ASPB, or H839ASPB board.

Table 3-57 Pin assignments of the PSTN0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 24

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 25

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 26

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 27

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 28

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 29

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 30

51 35 19 3

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 31

49 33 17 1

Table 3-58 describes the pin assignments of the PSTN1 port on the front panel of theH837ASPB, H838ASPB, or H839ASPB board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

149

Page 155: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-58 Pin assignments of the PSTN1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 47 48 39 32 48 16 56

63 47 31 15

62 46 46 38 30 49 14 57

61 45 29 13

60 45 44 37 28 50 12 58

59 43 27 11

58 44 42 36 26 51 10 59

57 41 25 9

56 43 40 35 24 52 8 60

55 39 23 7

54 42 38 34 22 53 6 61

53 37 21 5

52 41 36 33 20 54 4 62

51 35 19 3

50 40 34 32 18 55 2 63

49 33 17 1

Supported Software Version

All versions

3.10.4 H832DSLD Board DescriptionH832DSLD is an 8-channel ISDN service board. It provides the basic rate access (BRA) useraccess service. Also, it can be connected to the personal handyphone system (PHS) basestation for service transparent transmission on the U interface.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Voice Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

150

Page 156: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-38 shows the working principles of the H832DSLD board.

Figure 3-38 Working principles of the H832DSLD board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Processing module

Sub

scrib

er li

ne in

terfa

ce

mod

ule

Control module

Power module

ISDN8 x (2B+1D)

Logic module

BRA terminal

H832DSLD

PHS base station

8 x U

Backplane port bus

–48 V, +3.3 VDC

power

Control board

Backplane User side

+72 V, –24 V

The basic working principles of the H832DSLD board are as follows:

l The logic module implements the CESoP clock recovery and the communicationbetween the H832DSLD board and the control board.

l The processing module extracts call signaling and switches timeslots.l The subscriber interface module converts the interface coding to the interface bus data,

puts the converted data to the corresponding timeslot, and then outputs the data to thesubscriber interface.

l The control module communicates with the control board, detects the board status andperforms related control, reports the status of each module on the H832DSLD board andruns the commands issued from the control board, processes signaling of each channel,and controls data transmission and reception.

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

151

Page 157: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

8 channels of ISDN BRA signals

(0-7)

Connected to the MDF

IndicatorIndicator Name Color Status Meaning

RUN ALM Running statusindicator

Green On The board isrunningproperly.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

152

Page 158: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator Name Color Status Meaning

Red On The board isfaulty.

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-59 describes the pin assignments of the LINE ports on the front panel of theH832DSLD board.

Table 3-59 Pin assignments of the LINE port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 - 48 7 32 - 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 - 46 6 30 - 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 - 44 5 28 - 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 - 42 4 26 - 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 - 40 3 24 - 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 - 38 2 22 - 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 - 36 1 20 - 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 - 34 0 18 - 2 -

49 33 17 1

Supported Software VersionAll versions

3.10.5 H831EDTB Board DescriptionH831EDTB is a G.SHDSL service board using IP/TDM upstream transmission, whichprovides eight G.SHDSL ports and eight E1 ports.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

153

Page 159: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Voice Service Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-39 shows the working principles of the H831EDTB board.

Figure 3-39 Working principles of the H831EDTB board

The basic working principles of the H831EDTB board are as follows:

l The control module loads and executes programs.l The forwarding module, service processing module, and service port module provide

service access and forward services. The service processing module consists of a voicemodule and an IP module. The process is as follows:– In the downstream direction, after being processed by the voice module, the voice

service is sent to an E1 or G.SHDSL port according to the preset route. The E1transparent transmission service is sent the E1 or G.SHDSL port after beingprocessed by the IP module.

– In the upstream direction, a user connects to the MA5616 using an E1 or G.SHDSLport. The E1 and G.SHDSL services are converged and sent to the serviceprocessing module. The E1 and G.SHDSL services can be transmitted upstreamusing the voice module or IP module. The difference is as follows: The voicemodule terminates the upstream voice service and forwards IP packets upstreamwhile the IP module converts E1 signals to IP signals and transparently transmitsthe data.

l The power module supplies power to other function modules of the board.l The clock module provides clock signals for each function module on the board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

154

Page 160: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

8 channels of E1 (0-7)

8 channels of G.SHDSL (0-7)

Connected to the MDF

Connected to the MDF

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

155

Page 161: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green Blinking quickly (onfor 0.25s and off for0.25s repeatedly)

The board is starting up andloading data.

Green Blinking slowly (on for1s and off for 1srepeatedly)

The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

Jumper SettingsThe H831EDTB board provides three jumpers, J13, J14, and J15, as shown in Figure 3-40.

Figure 3-40 Layout of the jumpers on the H831EDTB board

The functions of each jumper are as follows:

l J13 is used to report jumping status.l J14 and J15 are used to control shield layer grounding of an E1 port.

Table 3-60 describes the settings of J13, J14, and J15.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

156

Page 162: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-60 Jumper settings of the H831EDTB board

Jumper Setting Description FactoryDefault

J13 Connected When J14 and J15 are connected, J13must be connected, which reports theimpedance connection status.

Connected

Notconnected

When J14 and J15 are disconnected, J13must be disconnected, which reports theimpedance disconnection status.

J14 and J15 Connected The impedance on the E1 port is 75ohms.

Connected

Notconnected

The impedance on the E1 port is 120ohms.

NOTE

The values of 75 ohms and 120 ohms are based on the terminal matching impedance of an E1transmission line. Use an unbalanced cable (E1 coaxial cable) for the 75-ohm impedance and a balancedcable (differential symmetric pair) for the 120-ohm impedance.

Table 3-61 describes the mapping between J14, J15, and E1 ports.

Table 3-61 Mapping between J14, J15, and E1 ports

Jumper

Pin E1 Port Jumper

Pin E1 Port

J14 1-2 TX end of E1 port 8 J15 1-2 TX end of E1 port 1

3-4 RX end of E1 port 8 3-4 RX end of E1 port 1

5-6 TX end of E1 port 7 5-6 TX end of E1 port 2

7-8 RX end of E1 port 7 7-8 RX end of E1 port 2

9-10 TX end of E1 port 6 9-10 TX end of E1 port 3

11-12 RX end of E1 port 6 11-12 RX end of E1 port 3

13-14 TX end of E1 port 5 13-14 TX end of E1 port 4

15-16 RX end of E1 port 5 15-16 RX end of E1 port 4

Pin AssignmentsTable 3-62 describes the pin assignments of the G.SHDSL ports on the front panel of theH831EDTB board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

157

Page 163: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-62 Pin assignments of the G.SHDSL ports

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

1 None 17 None 33 1 49 None

2 18 34 50

3 None 19 None 35 2 51 None

4 20 36 52

5 None 21 None 37 3 53 None

6 22 38 54

7 None 23 None 39 4 55 None

8 24 40 56

9 None 25 None 41 5 57 None

10 26 42 58

11 None 27 None 43 6 59 None

12 28 44 60

13 None 29 None 45 7 61 None

14 30 46 62

15 None 31 None 47 8 63 None

16 32 48 64

Table 3-63 describes the pin assignments of the E1 ports on the front panel of the H831EDTBboard.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

158

Page 164: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-63 Pin assignments of the E1 ports

Pin Signal Port Pin Signal

1 GND 23 RT0P

2 GND 24 TT6P

3 GND 25 TT5P

4 GND 26 TT4P

5 GND 27 TT3P

6 GND 28 TT2P

7 TT7P 29 TT1P

8 TR7N 30 TT0P

9 TR6N 31 RR7N

10 TR5N 32 RR6N

11 TR4N 33 RR5N

12 TR3N 34 RR4N

13 TR2N 35 RR3N

14 TR1N 36 RR2N

15 TR0N 37 RR1N

16 RT7P 38 RR0N

17 RT6P 39 GND

18 RT5P 40 GND

19 RT4P 41 GND

20 RT3P 42 GND

21 RT2P 43 GND

22 RT1P 44 GND

Supported Software Version

V800R015C00 and later

3.11 Combo BoardThe combo board is a broadband and narrowband combo service board and provides threeapplication modes: combo mode, broadband mode, and narrowband mode. In combo mode,the combo board supports both broadband and voice services.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

159

Page 165: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.11.1 Differences Between Combo Boards

Differences Between VDSL2 and POTS Combo Boards

Table 3-64 Voice specification differences between VDSL2 and POTS combo boards

Specifications

H83BCVLC orH83BCVLE

H836CCME H83DCCME H83DCSME

VDSL2 Specifications Comparison

Applicableline

VDSL2 andPOTS combo

VDSL2 andPOTS combo

VDSL2 andPOTS combo

SuperVector andPOTS Combo

Number ofports

32 48 48 48

Vectoring Not supported Not supported Supported Supported

G.INP Supported Supported Supported Supported

VDSL2PTMbonding

Supported (Supports the bonding of up to four ports on the same board. Andsupports 8-pair bonding when being connected to the MA5694.)

INM Supported Supported Supported Supported

SELT Supported Supported Supported Supported

Spectrumparameterprofile

Supports 8a, 8b,8c, 8d, 12a, 12b,and 17a

Supports 8a, 8b,8c, 8d, 12a, 12b,and 17a

Supports 8a, 8b,8c, 8d, 12a, 12b,and 17a

Supports 8a, 8b,8c, 8d, 12a, 12b,17a, and 35b

Annex type l G.992.1Annex A

l G.992.3Annex A, L,or M

l G.992.5Annex A orM

l G.993.2Annex A orB

l G.992.1Annex A

l G.992.3Annex A, L,or M

l G.992.5Annex A orM

l G.993.2Annex A orB

l G.992.1Annex A

l G.992.3Annex A, L,or M

l G.992.5Annex A orM

l G.993.2Annex A orB

l G.992.1Annex A

l G.992.3AnnexA/L/M

l G.992.5Annex A/M

l G.993.2Annex B

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

160

Page 166: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Specifications

H83BCVLC orH83BCVLE

H836CCME H83DCCME H83DCSME

Configuration mode

Supports TR129,TI, and TR165/TR252. (Userscan switch aconfigurationmode. To do so,log in to theMA5616 as asuper user andrun the switchvdsl mode tocommand indiagnose mode.)

Supports TR129 and TR165/TR252. (Users can switch aconfiguration mode. To do so, log in to the MA5616 asa super user and run the switch vdsl mode to commandin diagnose mode.)

Embeddedsplitter

Supported Supported Supported Supported

Temperaturequery andhigh-temperaturealarm

Supported Supported Supported Supported

Automaticpowershutdown inthe event ofa hightemperature

Supported Supported Supported Supported

Connector Champ 64-pin Champ 64-pin Champ 64-pin Champ 64-pin

POTS Specifications Comparison

Connector Champ 64-pin Champ 64-pin Champ 64-pin Champ 64-pin

Number ofDSPchannels (G.711)

32 48 48 48

Codec G.711AG.711UG.729G.723.1G.726

POTSMELT

Supported Supported Supported Supported

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

161

Page 167: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Specifications

H83BCVLC orH83BCVLE

H836CCME H83DCCME H83DCSME

MELTprecision

High High High High

Automaticpowershutdown inthe event ofa hightemperature

Supported Supported Supported Supported

Short loop Supported Supported Supported Supported

Polarity ofwires a andb

a+b-

a+b-

a+b-

a+b-

16/12 KC Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported

Poweringon/off usingthe CLI

Supported Supported Supported Supported

Polarityreversal

Supported Supported Supported Supported

Powersupply at ahigh voltage(for a longdistance)

Not supported Not supported Not supported Not supported

Port current 20 mA, 25 mA,or 30 mA

20 mA, 25 mA,or 30 mA

20 mA, 25 mA,or 30 mA

20 mA, 25 mA,or 30 mA

ADSL2+ and POTS Combo Board Specifications

Table 3-65 ADSL2+ and POTS combo board specifications

Specifications H835CALE H836CALE

ADSL2+ Specifications

Applicable line ADSL2+ and POTS combo ADSL2+ and POTS combo

Number of ports 32 32

G.INP Supported Not supported

ADSL2+ bonding Not supported Not supported

INM Supported Not supported

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

162

Page 168: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Specifications H835CALE H836CALE

SELT Supported Supported

MELT Not supported Not supported

Annex type l G.992.1 Annex Al G.992.3 Annex A, L, or M

(EU32-EU64)l G.992.5 Annex A or M

(EU32-EU64)

l G.992.1 Annex Al G.992.3 Annex A, L, or M

(EU32-EU64)l G.992.5 Annex A or M

(EU32-EU64)

Configuration mode Supports RFC 2662, RFC4706, and TR165/TR252.(Users can switch aconfiguration mode. To do so,log in to the MA5616 as asuper user and run the switchadsl mode to command indiagnose mode.)

Supports RFC 2662, RFC4706, and TR165/TR252.(Users can switch aconfiguration mode. To do so,log in to the MA5616 as asuper user and run the switchadsl mode to command indiagnose mode.)

Connector Champ 64-pin Champ 64-pin

Embedded splitter Supported Supported

Temperature query andhigh-temperature alarm

Supported Supported

Automatic powershutdown in the eventof a high temperature

Supported Supported

POTS Specifications

Connector Champ 64-pin Champ 64-pin

Number of DSPchannels (G.711)

32 32

Codec G.711AG.711UG.729G.723.1G.726

POTS MELT Supported Supported

MELT precision High High

Automatic powershutdown in the eventof a high temperature

Supported Supported

Short loop Supported Supported

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

163

Page 169: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Specifications H835CALE H836CALE

Polarity of wires a andb

a+b-

a+b-

16/12 KC Not supported Supported

Powering on/off usingthe CLI

Supported Supported

Polarity reversal Supported Supported

Power supply at a highvoltage (for a longdistance)

Not supported Not supported

Port current 20 mA, 25 mA, or 30 mA 20 mA, 25 mA, or 30 mA

3.11.2 H835CALE Board DescriptionH835CALE is a 32-channel ADSL2+ and POTS combo service board that provides ADSL2+and POTS integrated access services. It has an embedded splitter with 600-ohm impedance.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Combo Boards.

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-41 shows the working principles of the H835CALE board.

Figure 3-41 Working principles of the H835CALE board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Narrowband interface module

Spl

itter

m

odul

e

Power module

Logic processing

module

Clock module

LINE

-48V, +3.3V

Narrowband service control

module

Codec module

Pro

tect

ion

mod

ule

Broadband interface module

ATU-R/PSTN

terminal32*(POTS + ADSL2+)

H835CALEBackplane User sideBackplane port bus

Control board

DC power

+72V, -24V

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

164

Page 170: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

The H835CALE board can be divided into two parts: the broadband part and the narrowbandpart. The basic working principles of the board are as follows:

l Narrowband service processing:– The codec module encodes and decodes voice signals and converts analog signals

to digital signals. It also provides an uplink port connecting to the HW bus of thebackplane.

– The narrowband interface module provides access to 32-channel narrowbandservices.

– The narrowband service control module controls and manages narrowband services.l Broadband service processing:

– The logic processing module implements functions, such as encoding/decoding,A/D conversion, and line driving for ADSL2+ services. It also provides an uplinkport connecting to the UTOPIA bus of the backplane.

– The broadband interface module converts ADSL2+ line signals to cell flows.l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The splitter module couples broadband and narrowband subscriber lines and separates

POTS signals from ADSL2+ signals.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

165

Page 171: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

32 channels of ADSL2+ and POTS

(0-31)Connected to the MDF

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

166

Page 172: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On Board startup phase: the boardhas been powered on and isbeing initialized.Board running phase: the boardis running properly.

Red On Board startup phase: the board isautomatically loading data and isbeing automatically discovered.Board running phase: the boardis faulty.

Pin Assignments

Table 3-66 describes the pin assignments of the LINE ports on the front panel of theH835CALE board.

Table 3-66 Pin assignments of the LINE port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 24

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 25

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 26

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 27

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 28

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 29

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 30

51 35 19 3

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

167

Page 173: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 31

49 33 17 1

Jumper Settings

The H835CALE board provides two jumpers, J7 and J8, as shown in Figure 3-42.

Figure 3-42 Layout of the jumpers on the H835CALE board

Table 3-67 describes the settings of J7 and J8.

Table 3-67 Jumper settings of the H835CALE board

Jumper Setting Indication Factory Default

J7 and J8 Connected The narrowband CPU of the boardworks in serial port loading mode.

Not connected

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

168

Page 174: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Jumper Setting Indication Factory Default

Notconnected

The board is ready for proper working.

Supported Software Version

All versions

3.11.3 H836CALE Board DescriptionH836CALE is a 32-channel ADSL2+ and POTS combo service board that provides ADSL2+and POTS integrated access services. It has an embedded splitter.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Combo Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-43 shows the working principles of the H836CALE board.

Figure 3-43 Working principles of the H836CALE board

The H836CALE board can be divided into two parts: the broadband part and the narrowbandpart. The basic working principles of the board are as follows:

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

169

Page 175: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l Narrowband service processing:– The codec module encodes and decodes voice signals and converts analog signals

to digital signals. It also provides an uplink port connecting to the HW bus of thebackplane.

– The narrowband interface module provides access to 32-channel narrowbandservices.

– The narrowband service control module controls and manages narrowband services.l Broadband service processing:

– The logic processing module implements functions, such as encoding/decoding,A/D conversion, and line driving for ADSL2+ services. It also provides an uplinkport connecting to the UTOPIA bus of the backplane.

– The broadband interface module converts ADSL2+ line signals to cell flows.l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The splitter module couples broadband and narrowband subscriber lines and separates

POTS signals from ADSL2+ signals.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

170

Page 176: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

32 channels of ADSL2+ and POTS

(0-31)Connected to the MDF

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

171

Page 177: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On Board startup phase: the boardhas been powered on and isbeing initialized.Board running phase: the boardis running properly.

Red On Board startup phase: the board isautomatically loading data and isbeing automatically discovered.Board running phase: the boardis faulty.

Pin Assignments

Table 3-68 describes the pin assignments of the LINE ports on the front panel of theH836CALE board.

Table 3-68 Pin assignments of the LINE port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 24

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 25

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 26

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 27

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 28

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 29

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 30

51 35 19 3

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

172

Page 178: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 31

49 33 17 1

Jumper Settings

The H836CALE board provides two jumpers, J7 and J16, as shown in Figure 3-44.

Figure 3-44 Layout of the jumpers on the H836CALE board

Table 3-69 describes settings of J7 and J16.

Table 3-69 Jumper settings of the H836CALE board

Jumper Setting Indication Factory Default

J7 and J16 Connected The narrowband CPU of the boardworks in serial port loading mode.

Not connected

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

173

Page 179: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Jumper Setting Indication Factory Default

Notconnected

The board is ready for proper working.

Supported Software Version

l V800R016C10SPH205 and patches later than the version having the same R version asV800R016C10SPH205

l V800R017C00 and later

3.11.4 H83BCVLC and H83BCVLE Board DescriptionH83BCVLC and H83BCVLE are 32-channel VDSL2 and POTS combo service boards thatprovide VDSL2 and POTS integrated access services. They have an embedded splitter.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Combo Boards.

NOTE

The functions of the H83BCVLC and H83BCVLE boards are the same. They only differ in groundingmode. The H83BCVLC board uses the DC-C grounding mode while the H83BCVLE board uses theDC-I grounding mode. This section uses the H83BCVLC board as an example.

DC-C and DC-I grounding modes are as follows:

l In DC-C grounding mode, GND, PGND, and BGND are connected.

l In DC-I grounding mode, BGND (grounding of the 48 V DC return current) is separated fromPGND (grounding of the device shell) and GND (grounding of the device interior) while PGNDand GND are connected.

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-45 shows the working principles of the H83BCVLC board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

174

Page 180: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-45 Working principles of the H83BCVLC board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Narrowband interface module

Splitter module

Power module

Broaddand service module

LINE

–48 V, +3.3 V

Control module

Narrowband service control

module

Pro

tect

ion

mod

ule

Broadband interface module

32 x (POTS+VDSL2)

H83BCVLC/H83BCVLEBackplane User side

Control board

Backplane port bus

VTU-R and PSTN terminals

DC power

Clock module

+72 V, –24 V

The H83BCVLC board can be divided into two parts: the broadband part and the narrowbandpart. The basic working principles of the board are as follows:

l Narrowband service processing:– The narrowband service control module encodes and decodes voice signals and

converts analog signals into digital signals.– The narrowband interface module provides access to 32-channel narrowband

services.l Broadband service processing:

– The control module enables the control board to manage and configure broadbandservices.

– The broadband service module implements functions, such as encoding/decoding,A/D conversion, and line driving for VDSL2 services.

– The broadband interface module converts VDSL2 line signals to cell flows.l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The splitter module couples broadband and narrowband subscriber lines and separates

POTS signals from VDSL2 signals.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

175

Page 181: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

32 channels of VDSL2 and POTS

(0-31)Connected to the MDF

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

176

Page 182: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On Board startup phase: the boardhas been powered on and isbeing initialized.Board running phase: the boardis running properly.

Red On Board startup phase: the board isautomatically loading data and isbeing automatically discovered.Board running phase: the boardis faulty.

Pin Assignments

Table 3-70 describes the pin assignments of the LINE ports on the front panel of theH83BCVLC board.

Table 3-70 Pin assignments of the LINE port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 24

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 25

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 26

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 27

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 28

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 29

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 30

51 35 19 3

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

177

Page 183: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 31

49 33 17 1

Jumper Settings

The H83BCVLC board provides two jumpers, J14 and J15, as shown in Figure 3-46.

Figure 3-46 Layout of the jumpers on the H83BCVLC board

Table 3-71 describes the settings of J14 and J15.

Table 3-71 Jumper settings of the H83BCVLC board

Jumper Setting Indication Factory Default

J14 and J15 Connected The narrowband CPU of the boardworks in serial port loading mode.

Not connected

Notconnected

The board is ready for proper working.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

178

Page 184: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Supported Software VersionBoard Supported Software Version

H83BCVLC V800R311C01 and later

H83BCVLE V800R311C00 and later

3.11.5 H836CCME Board DescriptionH836CCME is a 48-channel VDSL2 and POTS combo service board that provides VDSL2and POTS integrated access services. It has an embedded splitter.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Combo Boards.

NOTE

The H836CCME board uses the DC-C but not DC-I grounding mode.DC-C and DC-I grounding modes are as follows:l In DC-C grounding mode, GND, PGND, and BGND are connected.l In DC-I grounding mode, BGND (grounding of the 48 V DC return current) is separated from

PGND (grounding of the device shell) and GND (grounding of the device interior) while PGNDand GND are connected.

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-47 shows the working principles of the H836CCME board.

Figure 3-47 Working principles of the H836CCME board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Narrowband interface module

Splitter module

Power module

Broaddand service module

LINE

–48 V, +3.3 V

Control module

Narrowband service control

module

Pro

tect

ion

mod

ule

Broadband interface module

48 x (POTS+VDSL2)

H836CCMEBackplane User side

Control board

Backplane port bus

VTU-R and PSTN terminals

DC power

Clock module

+72 V, –24 V

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

179

Page 185: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

The H836CCME board can be divided into two parts: the broadband part and the narrowbandpart. The basic working principles of the board are as follows:

l Narrowband service processing:– The narrowband service control module encodes and decodes voice signals and

converts analog signals into digital signals.– The narrowband interface module provides access to 48-channel narrowband

services.l Broadband service processing:

– The control module enables the control board to manage and configure broadbandservices.

– The broadband service module implements functions, such as encoding/decoding,A/D conversion, and line driving for VDSL2 services.

– The broadband interface module converts VDSL2 line signals to cell flows.l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The splitter module couples broadband and narrowband subscriber lines and separates

POTS signals from VDSL2 signals.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

180

Page 186: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

181

Page 187: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On Board startup phase: the boardhas been powered on and isbeing initialized.Board running phase: the boardis running properly.

Red On Board startup phase: the board isautomatically loading data and isbeing automatically discovered.Board running phase: the boardis faulty.

Pin Assignments

Table 3-72 and Table 3-73 describe pin assignments of the LINE0 and LINE1 ports on thefront panel of the H836CCME board, respectively.

Table 3-72 Pin assignments of the LINE0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 -

51 35 19 3

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

182

Page 188: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 -

49 33 17 1

Table 3-73 Pin assignments of the LINE1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 39 48 31 32 40 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 38 46 30 30 41 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 37 44 29 28 42 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 36 42 28 26 43 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 35 40 27 24 44 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 34 38 26 22 45 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 33 36 25 20 46 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 32 34 24 18 47 2 -

49 33 17 1

Jumper SettingsThe H836CCME board provides two jumpers, J13 and J24, as shown in Figure 3-48.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

183

Page 189: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-48 Layout of the jumpers on the H836CCME board

Table 3-74 Settings of J13 and J24

Jumper Setting Description Factory Default

J13 and J24 Connected The narrowband CPU of the boardworks in serial port loading mode.

Not connected

Notconnected

The board is ready for proper working.

Supported Software Version

l V800R016C10SPH205 and patches later than the version having the same R version asV800R016C10SPH205

l V800R015C10 and later

3.11.6 H83DCCME Board DescriptionH83DCCME is a 48-channel VDSL2 and POTS combo service board that provides VDSL2and POTS integrated access services. It has an embedded splitter. It supports vectoring.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

184

Page 190: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Combo Boards.

NOTE

The H83DCCME board uses the DC-C but not DC-I grounding mode.DC-C and DC-I grounding modes are as follows:l In DC-C grounding mode, GND, PGND, and BGND are connected.l In DC-I grounding mode, BGND (grounding of the 48 V DC return current) is separated from

PGND (grounding of the device shell) and GND (grounding of the device interior) while PGNDand GND are connected.

Power ConsumptionFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-49 shows the working principles of the H83DCCME board.

Figure 3-49 Working principles of the H83DCCME board

Bac

kpla

ne c

onne

ctor

Narrowband interface module

Splitter module

Power module

Broadband service module

LINE

–48 V, +3.3 V

Control module

Narrowband service control

moduleP

rote

ctio

n m

odul

e

Broadband interface module

48 x (POTS+VDSL2)

H83DCCMEBackplane User side

Control board

Backplane port bus

ATU-R and PSTN terminal

DC power

Clock module

+72 V, –24 V

The H83DCCME board can be divided into two parts: the broadband part and the narrowbandpart. The basic working principles of the board are as follows:

l Narrowband service processing:– The narrowband service control module encodes and decodes voice signals and

converts analog signals into digital signals.– The narrowband interface module provides access to 48-channel narrowband

services.l Broadband service processing:

– The control module enables the control board to manage and configure broadbandservices.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

185

Page 191: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

– The broadband service module implements functions, such as encoding/decoding,A/D conversion, and line driving for VDSL2 services.

– The broadband interface module converts VDSL2 line signals to cell flows.l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.l The splitter module couples broadband and narrowband subscriber lines and separates

POTS signals from VDSL2 signals.

Front Panel Port

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

186

Page 192: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On Board startup phase: the boardhas been powered on and isbeing initialized.Board running phase: the boardis running properly.

Red On Board startup phase: the board isautomatically loading data and isbeing automatically discovered.Board running phase: the boardis faulty.

Pin Assignments

Table 3-75 and Table 3-76 describe pin assignments of the LINE ports on the front panel ofthe H83DCCME board.

Table 3-75 Pin assignments of the LINE0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 -

51 35 19 3

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

187

Page 193: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 -

49 33 17 1

Table 3-76 Pin assignments of the LINE1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 39 48 31 32 40 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 38 46 30 30 41 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 37 44 29 28 42 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 36 42 28 26 43 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 35 40 27 24 44 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 34 38 26 22 45 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 33 36 25 20 46 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 32 34 24 18 47 2 -

49 33 17 1

Jumper SettingsThe H83DCCME board provides two jumpers, J13 and J24, as shown in Figure 3-50.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

188

Page 194: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-50 Layout of the jumpers on the H83DCCME board

Table 3-77 describes settings of J13 and J24.

Table 3-77 Settings of J13 and J24

Jumper Setting Description Factory Default

J13 and J24 Connected The narrowband CPU of the boardworks in serial port loading mode.

Not connected

Notconnected

The board is ready for proper working.

Supported Software Version

V800R016C00 and later

3.11.7 H83DCSME Board DescriptionH83DCSME is a 48-channel SuperVector and POTS combo service board that provides theSuperVector and POTS integrated access service. It has an embedded splitter. It supportsSuperVector and metallic line testing (MELT).

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

189

Page 195: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Combo Boards.

Power Consumption

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-51 shows the working principles of the H83DCSME board.

Figure 3-51 Working principles of the H83DCSME board

The basic working principles of the H83DCSME board are as follows:

l Narrowband service processing:– The narrowband service control module encodes and decodes voice signals and

converts analog signals into digital signals.– The narrowband interface module provides access to 48-channel narrowband

services.

l Broadband service processing:– The control module enables the control board to manage and configure broadband

services.– The broadband service module implements functions, such as encoding/decoding,

A/D conversion, and line driving for SuperVector services.– The broadband interface module converts SuperVector line signals to cell flows.

l The protection module protects and isolates the board from lightning strikes.

l The splitter module couples broadband and narrowband subscriber lines and separatesPOTS signals from SuperVector signals.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

190

Page 196: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

191

Page 197: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On Board startup phase: the boardhas been powered on and isbeing initialized.Board running phase: the boardis running properly.

Red On Board startup phase: the board isautomatically loading data and isbeing automatically discovered.Board running phase: the boardis faulty.

Pin Assignments

Table 3-78 and Table 3-79 describe pin assignments of the LINE0 and LINE1 ports on thefront panel of the H83DCSME board, respectively.

Table 3-78 Pin assignments of the LINE0 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 15 48 7 32 16 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 14 46 6 30 17 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 13 44 5 28 18 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 12 42 4 26 19 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 11 40 3 24 20 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 10 38 2 22 21 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 9 36 1 20 22 4 -

51 35 19 3

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

192

Page 198: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

50 8 34 0 18 23 2 -

49 33 17 1

Table 3-79 Pin assignments of the LINE1 port

Pin Signal

Pin Signal

Port Pin Signal

Pin Signal

64 39 48 31 32 40 16 -

63 47 31 15

62 38 46 30 30 41 14 -

61 45 29 13

60 37 44 29 28 42 12 -

59 43 27 11

58 36 42 28 26 43 10 -

57 41 25 9

56 35 40 27 24 44 8 -

55 39 23 7

54 34 38 26 22 45 6 -

53 37 21 5

52 33 36 25 20 46 4 -

51 35 19 3

50 32 34 24 18 47 2 -

49 33 17 1

Jumper SettingsThe H83DCSME board provides two jumpers, J13 and J24, as shown in Figure 3-52.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

193

Page 199: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-52 Layout of the jumpers on the H83DCSME board

Table 3-80 Settings of J13 and J24

Jumper Setting Description Factory Default

J13 and J24 Connected The narrowband CPU of the boardworks in serial port loading mode.

Not connected

Notconnected

The board is ready for proper working.

Supported Software Version

V800R018C00 and later

3.12 Power BoardConnected to the external AC or DC power supply, the power board converts the voltage ofsuch power supply into a proper voltage using its power module and powers other boards inthe chassis.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

194

Page 200: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

3.12.1 Differences Between Power BoardsPower boards supported by the MA5616 include AC power boards and DC power boards.

All DC power boards support the following functions:

l Input power filtering and current limitation

l Alarm reporting for input power detection

Table 3-81 and Table 3-82 list the differences between power boards.

Table 3-81 Differences between DC power boards

PowerBoard

Power SupplyMode

Maximum OutputPower (Unit: W)

PowerBackup

Daughterboard

H831PDIA One -48 V DC input 200 Notsupported

Notsupported

H832PDIA Two -48 V DC inputs 300 Notsupported

Notsupported

H832PDVA

One -48 V DC input 400 Notsupported

Notsupported

H832PDVAA

One -48 V DC input 400 Notsupported

Supported(using theH836VPBAdaughterboard)

H832PDNAA

One -48 V DC input 400 Notsupported

Supported(using theH836VPDAdaughterboard)

H832PDVSA

One -48 V DC input 500 Notsupported

Supported(using theH836VPSHD daughterboard)

H832PDVSB

One -48 V DC input 500 Notsupported

Supported(using theH836VPSKD daughterboard)

H832PDMSB

One -48 V DC input 500 Notsupported

Supported(using theH836VPMEdaughterboard)

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

195

Page 201: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-82 Differences between AC power boards

PowerBoard

Power SupplyMode

Maximum OutputPower (Unit: W)

PowerBackup

Daughterboard

H831PAVDA

One 220 V AC or 110V input

400 Supported,one battery(lead-acidbattery orFe-lithiumbattery)input forpowerbackup

Supported(using theH836VPBAdaughterboard)

H831PAIA One 220 V AC or 110V input

200 Notsupported

Notsupported

H831PAIC One 220 V AC or 110V input

400 Notsupported

Notsupported

H831PAIB One 220 V AC or 110V input

200 Supported,one battery(lead-acidbattery orFe-lithiumbattery)input forpowerbackup

Notsupported

3.12.2 H831PDIA Board DescriptionH831PDIA is a DC power board. It supplies one channel of -48 V DC power to thebackplane, or converts -48 V DC power to +3.3 V DC and +12 V DC and then supplies powerto service boards, control board, and fan monitoring board using the backplane.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-53 shows the working principles of the H831PDIA board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

196

Page 202: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-53 Working principles of the H831PDIA board

Protection filter circuit

Soft-start circuit

Detection alarm circuit

Electronic lable and board type reporting circuit

Power module for converting –48 V

to +12 V

Power module for converting –48 V

to +3.3 V

Output filter circuit

–48 V DC–48 V DC

+12 V DC

+3.3 V DC

Alarm information

SPI bus and board type

Output filter circuit

DC power

H831PDIA

Service boardsAnd control board

Backplane

Fan monitoring board

Service boards

The basic working principles of the H831PDIA board are as follows:

l The protection and filter circuit protects the -48 V DC power input against surges andlightning strikes for current limiting and also filters EMI for the -48 V DC power input.

l The soft-start circuit provides the soft-start function for the -48 V DC power input of the+12 V DC and +3.3 V DC power modules.

l The output filter circuit filters the output of the +12 V DC and +3.3 V DC powermodules.

l The detection and alarm circuit detects the availability of the -48 V DC power andreports related alarms.

l The electronic label and board type reporting circuit stores the board manufacturinginformation and reports the board type.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

197

Page 203: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

Connected to the device providing DC power supply

DC power port

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is functioningproperly.

Green Off or Blinking The board is powered off orthe input fuse blows.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

198

Page 204: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

SPD Protectionindicator

Green On The board protection circuitis normal.

Green Off or Blinking The board protection circuitis faulty.

Supported Software Version

All versions

3.12.3 H832PDIA Board DescriptionH832PDIA is a DC power board. It supplies two channels of -48 V DC power to thebackplane, or converts -48 V DC power to +3.3 V DC and +12 V DC and then supplies powerto service boards, control board, and fan monitoring board using the backplane.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

Working Principles

Figure 3-54 shows the working principles of the H832PDIA board.

Figure 3-54 Working principles of the H832PDIA board

The basic working principles of the H832PDIA board are as follows:

l The protection and filter circuit protects the -48 V DC power input against surges andlightning strikes for current limiting and also filters EMI for the -48 V DC power input.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

199

Page 205: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The soft-start circuit provides the soft-start function for the -48 V DC power input of the+12 V DC and +3.3 V DC power modules.

l The output filter circuit filters the output of the +12 V DC and +3.3 V DC powermodules.

l The detection and alarm circuit detects the availability of the -48 V DC power andreports related alarms.

l The electronic label and board type reporting circuit stores the board manufacturinginformation and reports the board type.

Front Panel Port

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR0 Powerstatusindicator(DC

Green On The circuit of DC input"0" is functional.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

200

Page 206: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

input"0")

Green Off DC input 0 is notavailable or the circuitof DC input "0" isfaulty.

PWR1 Powerstatusindicator(DCinput"1")

Green On The circuit of DC input"1" is functional.

Green Off DC input 1 is notavailable or the circuitof DC input "1" isfaulty.

SPD Protectionindicator

Green On A link has been set upon the port, and data isbeing transmitted.

Green Off A link has been set upon the port, but no datais being transmitted.

Supported Software VersionAll versions

3.12.4 H832PDVA Board DescriptionH832PDVA is a DC power board. It supplies one channel of -48 V DC power to thebackplane, or converts -48 V DC power to +3.3 V DC and +12 V DC and then supplies powerto service boards, control board, and fan monitoring board using the backplane.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-55 shows the working principles of the H832PDVA board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

201

Page 207: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-55 Working principles of the H832PDVA board

The basic working principles of the H832PDVA board are as follows:

l The protection and filter circuit protects the -48 V DC power input against surges andlightning strikes for current limiting and also filters EMI for the -48 V DC power input.

l The soft-start circuit provides the soft-start function for the -48 V DC power input of the+12 V DC and +3.3 V DC power modules.

l The output filter circuit filters the output of the +12 V DC and +3.3 V DC powermodules.

l The detection and alarm circuit detects the availability of the -48 V DC power andreports related alarms.

l The electronic label and board type reporting circuit stores the board manufacturinginformation and reports the board type.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

202

Page 208: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is functioningproperly.

Green Off or Blinking The board is powered off orthe input fuse blows.

SPD Protectionindicator

Green On The board protection circuitis normal.

Green Off or Blinking The board protection circuitis faulty.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

203

Page 209: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Supported Software Version

V800R311C00 and later

3.12.5 H832PDVAA Board DescriptionH832PDVAA is a DC power board. It supplies one channel of -48 V DC power to thebackplane, or converts -48 V DC power to +3.3 V DC and +12 V DC and then supplies powerto service boards, control board, and fan monitoring board using the backplane.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

Power Consumption of the H836VPBA Daughter Board

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-56 shows the working principles of the H832PDVAA board.

Figure 3-56 Working principles of the H832PDVAA board

The basic working principles of the H832PDVAA board are as follows:

l The protection and filter circuit protects the -48 V DC power input against surges andlightning strikes for current limiting and also filters EMI for the -48 V DC power input.

l The soft-start circuit provides the soft-start function for the -48 V DC power input of the+12 V DC and +3.3 V DC power modules.

l The output filter circuit filters the output of the +12 V DC and +3.3 V DC powermodules.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

204

Page 210: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The detection and alarm circuit detects the availability of the -48 V DC power andreports related alarms.

l The electronic label and board type reporting circuit stores the board manufacturinginformation and reports the board type.

l The H836VPBA daughter board implements the vectoring function for calculating andcanceling the crosstalk on lines.

Front Panel Port

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is functioningproperly.

Green Off or Blinking The board is powered off orthe input fuse blows.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

205

Page 211: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

SPD Protectionindicator

Green On The board protection circuitis normal.

Green Off or Blinking The board protection circuitis faulty.

Supported Software VersionV800R311C01 and later

3.12.6 H832PDMSB Board DescriptionH832PDMSB is a DC power board. It supplies one channel of -48 V DC power to thebackplane, or converts -48 V DC power to +3.3 V DC and +12 V DC and then supplies powerto service boards, control board, and fan monitoring board using the backplane.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

Power Consumption of BoardFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-57 shows the working principles of the H832PDMSB board.

Figure 3-57 Working principles of the H832PDMSB board

The basic working principles of the H832PDMSB board are as follows:

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

206

Page 212: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l The protection and filter circuit protects the -48 V DC power input against surges andlightning strikes for current limiting and also filters EMI for the -48 V DC power input.

l The soft-start circuit provides the soft-start function for the -48 V DC power input of the+12 V DC and +3.3 V DC power modules.

l The output filter circuit filters the output of the +12 V DC and +3.3 V DC powermodules.

l The detection and alarm circuit detects the availability of the -48 V DC power andreports related alarms.

l The electronic label and board type reporting circuit stores the board manufacturinginformation and reports the board type.

l The H836VPME daughter board is attached on the power board for processing vectoringsignals. It is used for calculation and cancellation for crosstalk over lines and provides a10 GKR port for a service board connection.

Front Panel Port

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

207

Page 213: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is functioningproperly.

Green Off or Blinking The board is powered off orthe input fuse blows.

SPD Protectionindicator

Green On The board protection circuitis normal.

Green Off or Blinking The board protection circuitis faulty.

Supported Software VersionV800R019C00 and later

3.12.7 H832PDNAA Board DescriptionH832PDNAA is a 400 W DC power board. It supplies one channel of -48 V DC power to thebackplane, or converts -48 V DC power to +3.3 V DC and +12 V DC and then supplies powerto service boards, control board, and fan monitoring board using the backplane.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

Power Consumption of the H836VPDA Daughter BoardFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-58 shows the working principles of the H832PDNAA board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

208

Page 214: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-58 Working principles of the H832PDNAA board

The basic working principles of the H832PDNAA board are as follows:

l The protection and filter circuit protects the -48 V DC power input against surges andlightning strikes for current limiting and also filters EMI for the -48 V DC power input.

l The soft-start circuit provides the soft-start function for the -48 V DC power input of the+12 V DC and +3.3 V DC power modules.

l The output filter circuit filters the output of the +12 V DC and +3.3 V DC powermodules.

l The detection and alarm circuit detects the availability of the -48 V DC power andreports related alarms.

l The electronic label and board type reporting circuit stores the board manufacturinginformation and reports the board type.

l The H836VPDA daughter board implements the vectoring function for calculating andcanceling the crosstalk on narrowband lines.

NOTE

If you are not sure whether the environment where the device locates meets device requirements,disable energy conservation on the H836VPDA daughter board, which minimizes daughter boardcorrosion risks.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

209

Page 215: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

NOTE

The VEI port is used for transmitting vectoring service signals between two MA5616s, cancelingcrosstalk on VDSL2 lines connected between the two MA5616s. In addition, this port can be used fortransmitting management signals between two MA5616s.

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is functioningproperly.

Green Off or Blinking The board is poweredoff or the input fuseblows.

SPD Protectionindicator

Green On The board protectioncircuit is normal.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

210

Page 216: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

Green Off or Blinking The board protectioncircuit is faulty.

LINK Linkindicatorof theVEI port

Green On The link connected tothe VEI port isfunctional.

Green Off No link is connected tothe VEI port.

Supported Software Version

V800R313C10 and later

3.12.8 H832PDVSA Board DescriptionH832PDVSA is a DC power board. It supplies one channel of -48 V DC power to thebackplane, or converts -48 V DC power to +3.3 V DC and +12 V DC and then supplies powerto service boards, control board, and fan monitoring board using the backplane.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

Power Consumption of the H836VPSHD Daughter Board

For details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working Principles

Figure 3-59 shows the working principles of the H832PDVSA board.

Figure 3-59 Working principles of the H832PDVSA board

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

211

Page 217: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

The basic working principles of the H832PDVSA board are as follows:

l The protection and filter circuit protects the -48 V DC power input against surges andlightning strikes for current limiting and also filters EMI for the -48 V DC power input.

l The soft-start circuit provides the soft-start function for the -48 V DC power input of the+12 V DC and +3.3 V DC power modules.

l The output filter circuit filters the output of the +12 V DC and +3.3 V DC powermodules.

l The detection and alarm circuit detects the availability of the -48 V DC power andreports related alarms.

l The electronic label and board type reporting circuit stores the board manufacturinginformation and reports the board type.

l The H836VPSHD daughter board is attached on the power board for processingvectoring signals. It is used for calculation and cancellation for crosstalk over lines andprovides a 10 GKR port for a service board connection.

Front Panel Port

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

212

Page 218: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is functioningproperly.

Green Off or Blinking The board is powered off orthe input fuse blows.

SPD Protectionindicator

Green On The board protection circuitis normal.

Green Off or Blinking The board protection circuitis faulty.

Supported Software VersionV800R017C00 and later

3.12.9 H832PDVSB Board DescriptionH832PDVSB is a DC power board. It supplies one channel of -48 V DC power to thebackplane, or converts -48 V DC power to +3.3 V DC and +12 V DC and then supplies powerto service boards, control board, and fan monitoring board using the backplane.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

Power Consumption of the H836VPSKD Daughter BoardFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-60 shows the working principles of the H832PDVSB board.

Figure 3-60 Working principles of the H832PDVSB board

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

213

Page 219: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

The basic working principles of the H832PDVSB board are as follows:

l The protection and filter circuit protects the -48 V DC power input against surges andlightning strikes for current limiting and also filters EMI for the -48 V DC power input.

l The soft-start circuit provides the soft-start function for the -48 V DC power input of the+12 V DC and +3.3 V DC power modules.

l The output filter circuit filters the output of the +12 V DC and +3.3 V DC powermodules.

l The detection and alarm circuit detects the availability of the -48 V DC power andreports related alarms.

l The electronic label and board type reporting circuit stores the board manufacturinginformation and reports the board type.

l The H836VPSKD daughter board is attached on the power board for processingvectoring signals. It is used for calculation and cancellation for crosstalk over lines andprovides a 10 GKR port for a service board connection.

Front Panel Port

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

214

Page 220: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is functioningproperly.

Green Off or Blinking The board is powered off orthe input fuse blows.

SPD Protectionindicator

Green On The board protection circuitis normal.

Green Off or Blinking The board protection circuitis faulty.

Supported Software VersionV800R017C00 and later

3.12.10 H831PAVDA Board DescriptionThe H831PAVDA board is an AC power board. It converts the 220 V AC or 110 V AC powerto -48 V DC, +12 V DC, and +3.3 V DC power and then supplies power to service boards,control board, and fan monitoring board using the backplane. In addition, the H831PAVDAboard supports lead-acid and Fe-lithium batteries for power backup.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

The H831PAVDA board also supports the following functions:l Over-temperature, overcurrent, overvoltage, and short-circuit protectionl Temperature detection for lead-acid batteriesl Activating Fe-lithium batteries

Power Consumption of the H836VPDA Daughter BoardFor details, see Board Power Consumption.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-61 shows the working principles of the H831PAVDA board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

215

Page 221: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-61 Working principles of the H831PAVDA board

The basic working principles of the H831PAVDA board are as follows:

The AC/DC power module converts the 220 V AC or 110 V AC input power to the -48 V DCpower and then to the +3.3 V DC and +12 V DC power, respectively, using two DC/DCpower modules and reports alarm signals.

l The protection and filter circuit protects the 220 V AC input power against surges andlightning strikes for current limiting and also filters EMI for the 220 V AC input power.

l The AC/DC power module converts the 220 V AC power to the -48 V DC, +12 V DC,and +3.3 V DC power for the backplane.

l The PMUB board is configured to manage batteries only when the batteries are requiredfor power backup.

l The H836VPBA daughter board, a vectoring processing board, is used to calculate andcancel VDSL line crosstalk.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

216

Page 222: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

NOTE

The SENSOR port is used to detect the temperature of lead-acid batteries or activate Fe-lithiumbatteries.

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PMU Runningstatusindicator

Green On Batteries are being charged,and the PMUB daughterboard is communicating withthe control board properly.

Red On Batteries are being charged,and the PMUB daughterboard fails to communicatewith the control board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

217

Page 223: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

Green Blinking Batteries are discharging,and the PMUB daughterboard is communicating withthe control board properly.

Red Blinking Batteries are discharging,and the PMUB daughterboard fails to communicatewith the control board.

BAT Batteryinputindicator

Green On Batteries are used.

Green Off No batteries are used.

VIN Inputstatusindicator

Green On The module input isfunctional.

Green Off The module input is faulty.

VOUT Outputstatusindicator

Green On The module output isfunctional.

Green Off The module outputmalfunctions. For example,undervoltage, overvoltage,overcurrent, over-temperature, or short-circuitoccurs.

Supported Software VersionV800R313C00 and later

3.12.11 H831PAIA Board DescriptionH831PAIA is an AC power board. It converts the 220 V AC or 110 V AC power to -48 V DC,+12 V DC, and +3.3 V DC power and then supplies power to service boards, control board,and fan monitoring board using the backplane.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-62 shows the working principles of the H831PAIA board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

218

Page 224: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-62 Working principles of the H831PAIA board

MA200-A power module

+12V DC+3.3V DC

Monitoring signal

–48V DC220 V AC or

110 V ACAC power

H831PAIA

SPI bus and board type

Service boards and control board

Backplane

Fan monitoring boardService boards

The basic working principles of the H831PAIA board are as follows:

The MA200-A power module converts the 220 V AC or 110 V AC power to -48 V DC, +12V DC, and +3.3 V DC power and reports alarm signals.

Front Panel Port

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

219

Page 225: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR AC statusindicator

Green On The AC module input oroutput is functional.

Red On The AC module input oroutput fails.

- Off No AC power is led in.

Supported Software Version

All versions

3.12.12 H831PAIC Board DescriptionH831PAIC is an AC power board. It converts the 220 V AC or 110 V AC power to -48 V DC,+12 V DC, and +3.3 V DC power and then supplies power to service boards, control board,and fan monitoring board using the backplane.

Functions and Specifications

For details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

Working Principles

Figure 3-63 shows the working principles of the H831PAIC board.

Figure 3-63 Working principles of the H831PAIC board

The basic working principles of the H831PAIC board are as follows:

The MA400-A power module converts the 220 V AC or 110 V AC power to -48 V DC, +12V DC, and +3.3 V DC power and reports alarm signals.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

220

Page 226: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

IndicatorIndicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR AC statusindicator

Green On The AC module input oroutput is functional.

Red On The AC module input oroutput fails.

- Off No AC power is led in.

Supported Software VersionAll versions

3.12.13 H831PAIB Board DescriptionH831PAIB is an AC power board (with power backup). It converts the 220 V AC or 110 VAC power to -48 V DC, +12 V DC, and +3.3 V DC power and then supplies power to service

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

221

Page 227: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

boards, control board, and fan monitoring board using the backplane. The H831PAIB boardalso supports battery (lead-acid battery or Fe-lithium battery) input for power backup. Whenthe AC power supply fails, the H831PAIB board switches to the battery for power supply.

Functions and SpecificationsFor details, see Differences Between Power Boards.

H831PAIB board also supports the following functions:l Temperature detection for lead-acid batteriesl Activating Fe-lithium batteries

Working PrinciplesFigure 3-64 shows the working principles of the H831PAIB board.

Figure 3-64 Working principles of the H831PAIB board

The basic working principles of the H831PAIB board are as follows:

l The AC/DC module converts the 220 V AC or 110 V AC power to -48 V DC for thebackplane.

l The PSUA board in the H831PAIB board converts the -48 V DC power transmitted fromthe backplane or the power from batteries transmitted from the front panel to +12 V DCand +3.3 V DC. The PSUA board also supports alarm reporting and manages the ACpower supply and the batteries power supply using the control signals sent from thePMUA board.

l The PMUA board is configured to manage batteries only when the batteries are requiredfor power backup.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

222

Page 228: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Front Panel Port

NOTE

The SENSOR port is used to detect the temperature of lead-acid batteries or activate Fe-lithiumbatteries.

Power Transfer BoardThe H831PAIB board supports the PSUA power transfer board for receiving the -48 V DCpower from the backplane and supplying +3.3 V DC and +12 V DC to the system. The PSUAboard supports the following functions:

l Filters and current-limits the -48 V DC power provided by the backplane.l Leads in the -48 V DC power from batteries and transmits the power to the backplane in

the event of an AC power failure.l Functions as the channel for charging or discharging the battery and therefore integrates

a relay to control the power-on and power-off of the battery.l Implements protection, filtering, and current-limiting at the battery input terminal.l Provides a circuit that reports the board type and an E2PROM circuit that stores board

manufacturing information.

Figure 3-65 shows the position of the PSUA board in the H831PAIB board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

223

Page 229: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-65 Position of the PSUA board

PAIB

PSUA

Power Monitoring BoardThe H831PAIB board supports the PMUA power monitoring board. The PMUA boardmanages the battery for the PSUA board. The PMUA board supports the following functions:

l Detects the temperature of the battery and reports detected parameters to the controlboard.

l Detects the fuse status of the battery circuit and reports the detection result to the controlboard.

l Detects the charging current of the battery and reports current parameters to the PSUAboard and the control board.

l Detects the voltage of the busbar and reports voltage parameters to the PSUA board andthe control board.

l Controls power-on and power-off of the battery.

The PMUA board is attached on the PSUA board. Figure 3-66 shows the position of thePMUA board in the H831PAIB board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

224

Page 230: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-66 Position of the PMUA board

PAIB

PMUA

Indicator

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PMU Runningstatusindicator(red andgreen bi-colored)

Green On The PMUA board iscommunicating with themain device properly, andbatteries are being charged.

Green Blinking The PMUA board iscommunicating with themain device properly, andbatteries are discharging.

Red On The PMUA board fails tocommunicate with the maindevice, and batteries arebeing charged.NOTE

If the device is not equippedwith batteries, this indicator issteady red by default.

Red Blinking The PMUA board fails tocommunicate with the maindevice, and batteries aredischarging.

BAT Batteryinputindicator

Green On The board is connected to abattery input.

Green Off The board is not connectedto a battery input.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

225

Page 231: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

VIN Inputstatusindicator

Green On The AC module input isfunctional.

Red On The AC module input fails.

- Off There is no AC input.

VOUT Outputstatusindicator

Green On The AC module output isfunctional.

Red On The AC module outputfails.

Supported Software VersionAll versions

3.12.14 VCE Daughter BoardThe VCE daughter board implements the vectoring function for calculating and canceling thecrosstalk on narrowband lines.

NOTE

l A faulty VCE daughter board cannot be replaced with a new one.

l The VCE daughter board must be used with the upstream daughter board of the CCUE controlboard. The upstream daughter board can only be H831UP2AA, H831UP2CA, and H833XP1A.

Ports and FunctionsTable 3-83 lists the ports and functions provided by the VCE daughter boards on the powerboard.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

226

Page 232: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-83 Ports and functions provided by the daughter boards on the control board

DaughterBoard

Compatibilitywith the ControlBoard

Port Function

H836VPBA

l H831PAVDA:AC power board

l H832PDVAA:DC power board

ETH port (connectedto the backplane)

l The board works with SLV.l The ETH port is used for

communicating between theH836VPBA daughter boardand H831CCUE controlboard, and enables theH831CCUE control board toload software to theH836VPBA daughter boardonline.

l H836VPBA can be used withservice boards H83DVCMM,H83DCCME, H83DCSME,H83BVCLE, H83BVCMM,H83BVCLF, H83DVCPE,and H83DVCPD.NOTE

l Service boardsH83DVCMM, H83DCCME,H83DCSME, H83BVCLE,H83BVCMM, andH83BVCLF are slotcompatible.

l H83DVCPE andH83DVCPD are slotcompatible.

l Service boardsH83DVCMM, H83DCCME,H83DCSME, H83BVCLE,H83BVCMM, andH83BVCLF are not slotcompatible withH83DVCPE andH83DVCPD.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

227

Page 233: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

DaughterBoard

Compatibilitywith the ControlBoard

Port Function

H836VPDA

H832PDNAA: DCpower board

l GE port (outputport on the powerboard panel)

l VEI port (outputport on the powerboard panel)

l ETH port(connected to thebackplane)

l The board works with NLV.l The VEI port is used for

transmitting vectoring servicesignals between twoMA5616s, canceling crosstalkon VDSL2 lines connectedbetween the two MA5616s. Inaddition, this port can be usedfor transmitting managementsignals between twoMA5616s.

l The ETH port is used forcommunicating between theH836VPDA daughter boardand H831CCUE controlboard, and enables theH831CCUE control board toload software to theH836VPDA daughter boardonline.

l H836VPDA can be used withservice boards H83BVCLE,H83BVCMM, H83BVCLF.NOTE

l Service boards H83BVCLE,H83BVCMM, andH83BVCLF are slotcompatible.

H836VPSHD

H832PDVSA: DCpower board

ETH port (connectedto the backplane)

l The board works with SLV.l The ETH port is used for

communicating between theH836VPSHD daughter boardand H831CCUE controlboard, and enables theH831CCUE control board toload software to theH836VPSHD daughter boardonline.

l H836VPSHD can be usedwith service boardsH83DSDMM, H83DVCMM,H83DCCME, H83DCSME,H83BVCLE, H83BVCMM,and H83BVCLF and serviceboards are slot compatible.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

228

Page 234: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

DaughterBoard

Compatibilitywith the ControlBoard

Port Function

H836VPSKD

H832PDVSB: DCpower board

ETH port (connectedto the backplane)

l The board works with SLV.l The ETH port is used for

communicating between theH836VPSKD daughter boardand H831CCUE controlboard, and enables theH831CCUE control board toload software to theH836VPSKD daughter boardonline.

l H836VPSKD can be usedwith service boardsH83DSDMM, H83DVCMM,H83DCCME, andH83DCSME and serviceboards are slot compatible.

H836VPME

H832PDMSB: DCpower board

l Two VEI ports(output port onthe power boardpanel)

l ETH port(connected to thebackplane)

l The board works with SLV.l The ETH port is used for

communicating between theH836VPME daughter boardand H831CCUE controlboard, and enables theH831CCUE control board toload software to theH836VPME daughter boardonline.

l H836VPME can be used withservice boards H83DSDMM,H83DVCMM, H83DCCME,and H83DCSME and serviceboards are slot compatible.

3.13 Board IndicatorIndicators are present on the front panel of each board.

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the CCUB control board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

229

Page 235: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning Holding theH831GP1Adaughterboard

Holding theH831GE1Adaughterboard

RUNALM

Runningstatus LED

Green Blinking (onfor 0.25s andoff for 0.25srepeatedly)

The boardstarts up andis beingloaded.

Supported

Supported

Green Blinking (onfor 1s andoff for 1srepeatedly)

The board isrunningproperly.

Red On The board isfaulty.

LINK link statusLED

Green On The linkfunctionsproperly.

GEopticalportandPONport

GEopticalport

Green Off The linkmalfunctions.

ACT Data statusLED (GEoptical port)

Green Blinking Data isbeingtransmitted.

Supported

Supported

Green Off No data isbeingtransmitted.

AUTH

Authentication LED (PONport)

Green Blinking (onfor 0.25s andoff for 0.25srepeatedly)

Anauthentication is beingperformed.

Supported

Notsupported

Green On Anauthentication issuccessful.

Green Off Noauthentication is beingperformed.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

230

Page 236: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning Holding theH831GP1Adaughterboard

Holding theH831GE1Adaughterboard

ETH ETH portstatusindicator

Green On Aconnectionis set up onthe port.

Supported

Supported

Green Off Noconnectionis set up onthe port.

Yellow Blinking The port istransmittingor receivingdata.

Yellow Off No data isbeingtransmittedon the port

GE0 GE electricalport statusindicator

Green On Aconnectionis set up onthe port.

Supported

Supported

Green Off Noconnectionis set up onthe port.

Yellow Blinking The port istransmittingor receivingdata.

Yellow Off No data isbeingtransmittedon the port

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the CCUC control board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

231

Page 237: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUN/ALM

Running statusLED

Green Blinking (on for 0.25sand off for 0.25srepeatedly)

The board starts upand is being loaded.

Green Blinking (on for 1sand off for 1srepeatedly)

The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

SYNC Synchronizationstatus indicator

Green On The system issynchronized.

Red On The system is notsynchronized.

LINK Link status LED(GE optical portand PON port)

Green On The link functionsproperly and aconnection is set upon the port.

Green Off The link malfunctionsand no connectionsare set up on the port.

ACT Data status LED(GE optical port)

Green Blinking Data is beingtransmitted.

Green Off No data is beingtransmitted.

AUTH AuthenticationLED (PON port)

Green Blinking (on for 0.25sand off for 0.25srepeatedly)

An authentication isbeing performed.

Green On An authentication issuccessful.

Green Off No authentication isbeing performed.

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the CCUE control board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

232

Page 238: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning ConfiguredwithH831UP2A orUP2Cdaughterboard

ConfiguredwithH833XP1Adaughterboard

RUN/ALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green Blinking (onfor 0.25s andoff for 0.25srepeatedly)

The boardstarts up andis beingloaded.

Supported

Supported

Green Blinking (onfor 1s andoff for 1srepeatedly)

The boardfunctionsproperly.

Red On The board isfaulty.

SYNC Synchronization statusindicator

Green On The systemissynchronized.

Supported

Supported

Red On The systemis notsynchronized.

LINK link statusindicator

Green On The linkfunctionsproperly anda connectionis set up onthe port.

GEopticalportandPONport

10GGPONopticalport

Green Off The linkmalfunctionsand noconnectionsare set up onthe port.

ACT Data statusindicator (GEoptical port)

Green Blinking Data isbeingtransmitted.

Supported

Notsupported

Green Off No data isbeingtransmitted.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

233

Page 239: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning ConfiguredwithH831UP2A orUP2Cdaughterboard

ConfiguredwithH833XP1Adaughterboard

AUTH

Authentication indicator

Green Blinking (onfor 0.25s andoff for 0.25srepeatedly)

Anauthentication is beingperformed.

PONport

10GGPONopticalport

Green On Anauthentication issuccessful.

Green Off Noauthentication is beingperformed.

ETH ETH portstatusindicator

Green On Aconnectionis set up onthe port.

Supported

Supported

Green Off Noconnectionis set up onthe port.

Yellow Blinking The port istransmittingor receivingdata.

Yellow Off No data isbeingtransmittedon the port

GE GE electricalport statusindicator

Green On Aconnectionis set up onthe port.

Supported

Supported

Green Off Noconnectionis set up onthe port.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

234

Page 240: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning ConfiguredwithH831UP2A orUP2Cdaughterboard

ConfiguredwithH833XP1Adaughterboard

Yellow Blinking The port istransmittingor receivingdata.

Yellow Off No data isbeingtransmittedon the port

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the ADSL2+/SHDSL/VDSL2service boards.

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the Combo service boards.

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On Board startup phase: the boardhas been powered on and isbeing initialized.Board running phase: the boardis running properly.

Red On Board startup phase: the board isautomatically loading data and isbeing automatically discovered.Board running phase: the boardis faulty.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

235

Page 241: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the ethernet service boards.

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

- Data/Linkstatusindicator

Green Blinking (1s on and 1soff)

A link has been set up on theport, and data is beingtransmitted.

Green On A link has been set up on theport, but no data is beingtransmitted.

- Off The link malfunctions andfails to set up on the port.

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the voice service boards.

Indicator Name Color Status Meaning

RUN ALM Running statusindicator

Green On The board isrunningproperly.

Red On The board isfaulty.

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the H831EDTB board.

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

RUNALM

Runningstatusindicator

Green Blinking quickly (onfor 0.25s and off for0.25s repeatedly)

The board is starting up andloading data.

Green Blinking slowly (on for1s and off for 1srepeatedly)

The board is runningproperly.

Red On The board is faulty.

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the H831PDIA/H832PDVA/H832PDVAA/H832PDMSB/H832PDVSA/H832PDVSB DC power boards.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

236

Page 242: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is functioningproperly.

Green Off or Blinking The board is powered off orthe input fuse blows.

SPD Protectionindicator

Green On The board protection circuitis normal.

Green Off or Blinking The board protection circuitis faulty.

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the H832PDIA DC power board.

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR0 Powerstatusindicator(DCinput"0")

Green On The circuit of DC input"0" is functional.

Green Off DC input 0 is notavailable or the circuitof DC input "0" isfaulty.

PWR1 Powerstatusindicator(DCinput"1")

Green On The circuit of DC input"1" is functional.

Green Off DC input 1 is notavailable or the circuitof DC input "1" isfaulty.

SPD Protectionindicator

Green On A link has been set upon the port, and data isbeing transmitted.

Green Off A link has been set upon the port, but no datais being transmitted.

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the H832PDNAA DC power board.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

237

Page 243: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR Runningstatusindicator

Green On The board is functioningproperly.

Green Off or Blinking The board is poweredoff or the input fuseblows.

SPD Protectionindicator

Green On The board protectioncircuit is normal.

Green Off or Blinking The board protectioncircuit is faulty.

LINK Linkindicatorof theVEI port

Green On The link connected tothe VEI port isfunctional.

Green Off No link is connected tothe VEI port.

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the H831PAVDA AC power board.

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PMU Runningstatusindicator

Green On Batteries are being charged,and the PMUB daughterboard is communicating withthe control board properly.

Red On Batteries are being charged,and the PMUB daughterboard fails to communicatewith the control board.

Green Blinking Batteries are discharging,and the PMUB daughterboard is communicating withthe control board properly.

Red Blinking Batteries are discharging,and the PMUB daughterboard fails to communicatewith the control board.

BAT Batteryinputindicator

Green On Batteries are used.

Green Off No batteries are used.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

238

Page 244: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

VIN Inputstatusindicator

Green On The module input isfunctional.

Green Off The module input is faulty.

VOUT Outputstatusindicator

Green On The module output isfunctional.

Green Off The module outputmalfunctions. For example,undervoltage, overvoltage,overcurrent, over-temperature, or short-circuitoccurs.

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the H831PAIA/H831PAIC ACpower boards.

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PWR AC statusindicator

Green On The AC module input oroutput is functional.

Red On The AC module input oroutput fails.

- Off No AC power is led in.

The follow table lists the indicators on the front panel of the H831PAIB AC power board(withpower backup).

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

PMU Runningstatusindicator(red andgreen bi-colored)

Green On The PMUA board iscommunicating with themain device properly, andbatteries are being charged.

Green Blinking The PMUA board iscommunicating with themain device properly, andbatteries are discharging.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

239

Page 245: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Indicator

Name Color Status Meaning

Red On The PMUA board fails tocommunicate with the maindevice, and batteries arebeing charged.NOTE

If the device is not equippedwith batteries, this indicator issteady red by default.

Red Blinking The PMUA board fails tocommunicate with the maindevice, and batteries aredischarging.

BAT Batteryinputindicator

Green On The board is connected to abattery input.

Green Off The board is not connectedto a battery input.

VIN Inputstatusindicator

Green On The AC module input isfunctional.

Red On The AC module input fails.

- Off There is no AC input.

VOUT Outputstatusindicator

Green On The AC module output isfunctional.

Red On The AC module outputfails.

3.14 Optical ModuleThis topic describes the types and specifications of pluggable optical modules supported bythe MA5616.

The MA5616 supports small form-factor pluggable (SFP) and enhanced small form-factorpluggable (eSFP) encapsulation modes for optical modules. An SFP packet has the same sizeas an eSFP packet. In eSFP encapsulation mode, performance data that cannot be reported inSFP encapsulation mode can be reported.

An optical module has the following types of interfaces: LC/PC, SC/PC, and RJ45 (forelectrical modules). Figure 3-67 shows the appearance of the optical module.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

240

Page 246: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 3-67 Appearance of the optical module

GPON optical moduleIf an optical module for GPON upstream transmission is configured on an H831CCUC orH831CCUE board that is equipped with the UP2A or UP2C daughter board, connect oneSC/PC optical fiber to the board for GPON upstream transmission. Table 3-84 lists thespecifications of GPON optical modules.

Table 3-84 Specifications of GPON optical modules

Type One-fiber bi-directional optical module

OperatingWavelength

Tx: 1310 nmRx: 1490 nm

Encapsulation Type SFP

Rate Tx: 1.244 Gbit/sRx: 2.488 Gbit/s

Minimum OutputOptical Power

0.5 dBm

Maximum OutputOptical Power

5.0 dBm

Maximum ReceiverSensitivity

-27.0 dBm

Optical ConnectorType

SC/PC

Optical Fiber Type Single-mode

Reach 20.0 km

Overload opticalpower

-8 dBm

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

241

Page 247: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

XG-PON optical moduleIf an optical module for XG-PON upstream transmission is configured on an H831CCUC orH831CCUE board that is equipped with the XP1A daughter board, connect one SC/PCoptical fiber to the board for XG-PON upstream transmission. Table 3-85 lists thespecifications of XG-PON optical modules.

Table 3-85 Specifications of XG-PON optical module

Type One-fiber bi-directional optical module

Operating Wavelength Tx: 1270 nmRx: 1577 nm

Encapsulation Type SFP

Rate Tx: 2.488 Gbit/sRx: 9.952 Gbit/s

Minimum Output Optical Power 2 dBm

Maximum Output Optical Power 7 dBm

Maximum Receiver Sensitivity -28 dBm

Optical Connector Type SC/PC

Optical Fiber Type Single-mode

Reach 20.0 km

Overload optical power -8 dBm

GE Electrical ModuleIf a GE electrical module is configured on an H831CCUC board that is equipped with theUP2A or UP2C daughter board, connect one network cable to the board for one-channel GE.Table 3-86 the specifications of GE electrical module.

Table 3-86 Specifications of GE electrical modules

Type Module with 1000 Base-T RJ45 electrical port

Encapsulation Type SFP

Rate Full-duplex 1000 Mbit/s

Reach 100.0 m

GE optical moduleA GE optical module can be configured on an H831CCUB that is equipped with the GP1AorGE1A daughter board, H831CCUC or H831CCUE that is equipped with the UP2A or UP2C

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

242

Page 248: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

daughter board, or H831EIUD board. The optical module with independent receive andtransmit functions is connected to two LC/PC optical fibers to provide one GE channel, andthe optical module with combined receive and transmit functions is connected to one LC/PCoptical fiber to provide one GE channel. Table 3-87 lists the specifications of GE opticalmodules.

Table 3-87 Specifications of GE optical modules

Type Two-fiber bi-directionaloptical module

One-fiber bi-directional optical module

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

OperatingWavelength

850nm

1310nm

1310nm

Tx:1310nmRx:1490nm

Tx:1490nmRx:1310nm

Tx: 1310nmRx: 1490nm

l Tx:1310nmRx:1550nm

l Tx:1550nmRx:1310nm

EncapsulationType

eSFP eSFP eSFP eSFP eSFP CSFP eSFP

Rate 2.125Gbit/s1.25Gbit/s1.063Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25Gbit/s

1.25 Gbit/s 1.25 Gbit/s

MinimumOutputOpticalPower

-9.5dBm

-9.0dBm

-5.0dBm

-9.0dBm

-9.0dBm

-9.0 dBm -3.0 dBm

MaximumOutputOpticalPower

-2.5dBm

-3.0dBm

0 dBm -3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0 dBm 2 dBm

MaximumReceiverSensitivity

-17.0dBm

-20.0dBm

-23.0dBm

-19.5dBm

-19.5dBm

-24.0 dBm -25.0 dBm

OpticalConnector Type

LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC/PC LC LC

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

243

Page 249: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

OpticalFiberType

Multi-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode

Single-mode Single-mode

Reach 0.50km

10.0km

40.0km

10.0km

10.0km

10.0 km 40.0 km

Overload opticalpower

0 dBm -3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0dBm

-3.0 dBm -3.0 dBm

10GE Optical ModuleThe 10GE optical module is connected to two LC fibers to provide one 10GE channel. Table3-88 lists the specifications of 10GE optical modules.

Table 3-88 Specifications of 10GE optical modules

Type One-fiber bi-directional optical module

No. 1 2

Operating Wavelength Tx: 1270 nmRx: 1330 nm

Tx: 1270 nmRx: 1330 nm

Encapsulation Type eSFP eSFP

Rate 9.95-10.3 Gbit/s 2.5-11.3 Gbit/s

Minimum OutputOptical Power

0.0 dBm -8.2 dBm

Maximum OutputOptical Power

5.0 dBm 0.5 dBm

Maximum ReceiverSensitivity

-18.0 dBm -14.4 dBm

Optical Connector Type LC LC

Optical Fiber Type Single-mode Single-mode

Reach 40.0 km 10.0 km

Overload optical power -9.0 dBm 0.5 dBm

CSFP Optical ModuleThe CSFP optical module is connected to two LC fibers to provide two GE channel. Table3-89 lists the specifications of CSFP optical modules.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

244

Page 250: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 3-89 Specifications of CSFP optical modules

Type One-fiber bi-directional optical module

Operating Wavelength Tx: 1310 nmRx: 1490 nm

Encapsulation Type CSFP

Rate 1.25 Gbit/s

Minimum Output Optical Power –9.0 dBm

Maximum Output Optical Power –3.0 dBm

Maximum Receiver Sensitivity -24.0 dBm

Optical Connector Type LC

Optical Fiber Type Single-mode

Reach 10.0 km

Overload optical power -3.0 dBm

FE optical module

A FE optical module can be configured on an H831EIUD board, connect one LC/PC opticalfiber to the board for one-channel FE. Table 3-90 lists the specifications of FE opticalmodules.

Table 3-90 Specifications of FE optical modules

Type One-fiber bi-directional optical module

No. 1 2

OperatingWavelength

Tx: 1310 nmRx: 1550 nm

Tx: 1550 nmRx: 1310 nm

Encapsulation Type eSFP eSFP

Rate STM-1 STM-1

Minimum OutputOptical Power

-15.0 dBm -15.0 dBm

Maximum OutputOptical Power

-8.0 dBm -8.0 dBm

Maximum ReceiverSensitivity

-32.0 dBm -32.0 dBm

Optical ConnectorType

LC/PC LC/PC

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

245

Page 251: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Optical Fiber Type Single-mode Single-mode

Reach 15.0 km 15.0 km

Overload opticalpower

-8 dBm -8 dBm

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 3 Board

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

246

Page 252: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

4 Cable

About This Chapter

This topic covers the applications, appearances, pin assignments, and technical specificationsof the cables for the MA5616 chassis.

4.1 DC Power CableThe DC power cable is used to transmit the DC power to loads and enable the loads to workin the normal state.

4.2 AC Power CableAn AC power cable is used to transmit AC power supply to loads and enable the loads towork in the normal state.

4.3 Lead-acid Battery Power CableA lead-acid battery power cable is used for feeding DC power to loads and also for chargingand discharging a lead-acid battery.

4.4 Fe-lithium Battery Power CableA Fe-lithium battery power cable is used for feeding DC power to loads and also for chargingand discharging a Fe-lithium battery module.

4.5 PGND CableA PGND cable is used for protecting the device against lightning strikes and interference.

4.6 Local Maintenance Serial CableA local maintenance serial cable is used for debugging devices or maintaining devices at thelocal end.

4.7 Local Maintenance and Environment Monitoring Combo CableA local maintenance and environment monitoring combo cable is connected to a localmaintenance terminal or an environment monitoring device for debugging and maintainingthe main device or reporting the monitoring information to the control board.

4.8 Network CableA network cable is used for equipment cascading, communication between the device and thenetwork, and local maintenance and remote access of the device.

4.9 CXP High-Speed Cable

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

247

Page 253: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

A CXP high-speed cable connects two MA5616s to form a node level vectoring (NLV)system, canceling the crosstalk on VDSL2 lines between the two MA5616s.

4.10 Environment Monitoring CableAn environment monitoring cable connects the control board of the device to sensors forcollecting the information about various environmental parameters.

4.11 Clock Bridging CableThe clock Bridging cable is a 120-ohm-to-75-ohm clock cable and is used for transmittingclock/time signals.

4.12 Subscriber CableThis topic covers the applications, appearances, pin assignments, and technical specificationsof subscriber cables.

4.13 E1 Trunk CableThis topic covers the applications, appearances, pin assignments, and technical specificationsof E1 trunk cables.

4.14 Optical FiberAn optical fiber connects an optical port to an upstream device or optical network terminal.

4.1 DC Power CableThe DC power cable is used to transmit the DC power to loads and enable the loads to workin the normal state.

ApplicationThe DC power cable connects the power port of the chassis to the external power supply. It isconnected as follows:

l One end of the DC power cable is connected to the input port on the DC power board ofthe chassis.

l The other end of the DC power cable is bare wires. According to the output port type ofthe DC power, a corresponding terminal is made and then connected to the output port ofthe DC power supply.

NOTE

The black cable is the -48 V return ground cable connected to the RTN(+) terminal of the DC power board.The blue cable is the -48 V power cable connected to the NEG(-) terminal of the DC power board.

Appearance and StructureFigure 4-1 and Figure 4-2 show the appearances of a -48 V return ground cable and a -48 Vpower cable.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

248

Page 254: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 4-1 Appearance of a -48 V return ground cable

Figure 4-2 Appearance of a -48 V power cable

Figure 4-3 shows the structure of a DC power cable.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

249

Page 255: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 4-3 Structure of a DC power cable

Technical Specifications

The technical specifications of a -48 V return ground cable and a -48 V power cable are thesame, as listed in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 Technical specifications of a -48 V return ground cable and a -48 V power cable

Parameter Description

Cable type Electrical cable

Color Black (-48 V return ground cable); blue (-48 V power cable)

Connector (X1) type OT terminal

DC resistance of the innerconductor

23.2 ohms/km

Cross-sectional area of theconductor

18 AWG (0.83 mm2)

4.2 AC Power CableAn AC power cable is used to transmit AC power supply to loads and enable the loads towork in the normal state.

Application

An AC power cable supplies the working voltage for the chassis. It is connected as follows:

l One end of the AC power cable is connected to the AC power input port of the chassis.

l The other end of the AC power cable is connected to the output port of the AC powersupply.

Appearance

Figure 4-4 shows the appearance of an AC power cable.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

250

Page 256: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 4-4 Appearance of an AC power cable

Technical SpecificationsTable 4-2 lists the technical specifications of an AC power cable.

NOTE

Specifications of the AC power cable vary with country/area. The following uses the AC power cablethat meets the Chinese standard as an example.

Table 4-2 Specifications of an AC power cable

Parameter Description

Connector 1 PI straight male

Connector 2 C13 straight female

Cable type External power cable

Cable length 1.8 m

Cross-sectional area of the conductor 1.0 mm2

4.3 Lead-acid Battery Power CableA lead-acid battery power cable is used for feeding DC power to loads and also for chargingand discharging a lead-acid battery.

ConnectionA lead-acid battery power cable connects the battery power port of the chassis to a lead-acidbattery. It is connected as follows:

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

251

Page 257: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l One end of the cable is connected to the battery power port on the AC power board (withpower backup) in the chassis.

l The other end of the cable is connected to the positive and negative poles of a lead-acidbattery.

NOTE

A lead-acid battery power cable consists of a -48 V return ground cable and a -48 V power cable.

l The black one is the -48 V return ground cable, connected to the BAT(+) terminal of the AC power board(with power backup).

l The blue one is the -48 V power cable, connected to the BAT(-) terminal of the AC power board (withpower backup).

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-5 shows the appearance of a lead-acid battery power cable.

Figure 4-5 Appearance of a lead-acid battery power cable

Figure 4-6 shows the structure of a lead-acid battery power cable.

Figure 4-6 Structure of a lead-acid battery power cable

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

252

Page 258: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Technical SpecificationsTable 4-3 lists the technical specifications of a lead-acid battery power cable.

Table 4-3 Technical specifications of a lead-acid battery power cable

Parameter Description

Cable type Electronic power cable

Color Black (-48 V return ground cable); blue (-48 V power cable)

Connector (X1) type OT terminal

Connector (X2) type Common terminal (female)

DC resistance of the innerconductor

9.46 ohms/km

Cross-sectional area of theconductor

14 AWG (2.5 mm2)

4.4 Fe-lithium Battery Power CableA Fe-lithium battery power cable is used for feeding DC power to loads and also for chargingand discharging a Fe-lithium battery module.

ConnectionA Fe-lithium battery power cable connects the Fe-lithium battery power port of the chassis toa Fe-lithium battery module. It is connected as follows:

l One end of the cable is connected to the battery power port on the AC power board (withpower backup) in the chassis.

l The other end of the cable is connected to the power port of a Fe-lithium battery module.

NOTE

A Fe-lithium battery power cable consists of a -48 V return ground cable and a -48 V power cable.

l The black one is the -48 V return ground cable, connected to the BAT(+) terminal of the AC power board(with power backup).

l The blue one is the -48 V power cable, connected to the BAT(-) terminal of the AC power board (withpower backup).

Appearance and StructureFigure 4-7 shows the appearance of a Fe-lithium battery power cable.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

253

Page 259: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 4-7 Appearance of a Fe-lithium battery power cable

Figure 4-8 shows the structure of a Fe-lithium battery power cable.

Figure 4-8 Structure of a Fe-lithium battery power cable

Technical Specifications

Table 4-4 lists the technical specifications of a Fe-lithium battery power cable.

Table 4-4 Technical specifications of a Fe-lithium battery power cable

Parameter Description

Cable type Electronic power cable

Color Black (-48 V return ground cable); blue (-48 V power cable)

Connector (X1/X2) type OT terminal

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

254

Page 260: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Parameter Description

DC resistance of the innerconductor

9.46 ohms/km

Cross-sectional area of theconductor

14 AWG (2.5 mm2)

4.5 PGND CableA PGND cable is used for protecting the device against lightning strikes and interference.

ConnectionThe connections of a PGND cable are as follows:

l One end of the PGND cable (OT 6-4) is connected to the ground point of the chassis.l The other end of the PGND cable (OT 6-6) is connected to the ground point of the

cabinet.

Appearance and StructureFigure 4-9 shows the appearance of a PGND cable.

Figure 4-9 Appearance of a PGND cable

Figure 4-10 shows the structure of a PGND cable.

Figure 4-10 Structure of a PGND cable

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

255

Page 261: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Technical SpecificationsTable 4-5 lists the technical specifications of a PGND cable.

Table 4-5 Technical specifications of a PGND cable

Parameter Description

Cable type Electrical cable

Color Yellow and green

Connector (X1) type OT 6-4

Connector (X2) type OT 6-6

Wire gauge of the inner conductor 10 AWG (6 mm2)

Maximum current 50.0 A

4.6 Local Maintenance Serial CableA local maintenance serial cable is used for debugging devices or maintaining devices at thelocal end.

Cable Appearance

RJ45 connectorConnected to a

maintenance serial port of the device

DB9 female connectorConnected to the

maintenance terminal

DB25 Female connectorConnected to the

maintenance terminal

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

256

Page 262: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Cable Structure

Table 4-6 Pin assignments of the local maintenance serial cable

Connector Pin Mapping

X2 (RJ45) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

X1 (DB-25) 5 6 3 1 7 2 20 4

X3 (DB-9) 8 6 2 5 5 3 4 7

Technical SpecificationsSpecification Description

Connector type DB-9 female + Ethernet port 8-pin/DB-25 female

Cable type Symmetrical twisted pair

Color Dark blue

Wire diameter of the innerconductor

0.38 mm

Wire gauge of the innerconductor

28 AWG (cross-sectional area ≈ 0.08 mm2)

Number of wires 8

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

257

Page 263: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

4.7 Local Maintenance and Environment MonitoringCombo Cable

A local maintenance and environment monitoring combo cable is connected to a localmaintenance terminal or an environment monitoring device for debugging and maintainingthe main device or reporting the monitoring information to the control board.

Application

A local maintenance and environment monitoring combo cable is connected as follows:

l One end provides an RJ45 connector and is connected to the CON/ESC port of thecontrol board.

l The other end provides an RJ45 connector and a RJ45 jack:– RJ45 connector: connected to an environment monitoring device.– RJ45 jack: connected to a local maintenance terminal.

Figure 4-11 shows the structure of a local maintenance and environment monitoring combocable.

Figure 4-11 Structure of a local maintenance and environment monitoring combo cable

Pin Assignments

Table 4-7 describes the pin assignments of a local maintenance and environment monitoringcombo cable.

Table 4-7 Pin assignments of a local maintenance and environment monitoring combo cable

Cable Connector X1 Connectors X2 and X3 Color Relationship

W1 X1.1 X2.4 White Pair

X1.2 X2.5 Blue

X1.7 X2.1 White Pair

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

258

Page 264: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Cable Connector X1 Connectors X2 and X3 Color Relationship

X1.8 X2.2 Orange

X1.4 X2.6 Green -

X1.Shell X2.Shell Shield -

W2 X1.3 X3.3 White Pair

X1.6 X3.6 Blue

X1.5 X3.5 White -

X1.Shell X3.Shell Shield -

Technical SpecificationsTable 4-8 lists the technical specifications of a local maintenance and environmentmonitoring combo cable.

Table 4-8 Technical specifications of a local maintenance and environment monitoring combocable

Parameter Specification

Connector X1 type MP8-VI

Connector X2 type MP8-VI

Connector X3 type DB9 female

Cable W1 type Symmetrical twisted pair-100 ohms-4 pairs

Cable W2 type Symmetrical twisted pair-100 ohms-2 pairs

Color Black

Core diameter of the innerconductor

0.48 mm

Wire gauge of the inner conductor 26 AWG

4.8 Network CableA network cable is used for equipment cascading, communication between the device and thenetwork, and local maintenance and remote access of the device.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

259

Page 265: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Cable Appearance

Cable StructureMain label

X1 X2

View A

A

1 8

Table 4-9 Pin assignments of a straight-through cable

X1 Pin Wire Color X2 Pin

1 White and orange 1

2 Orange 2

3 White and green 3

4 Blue 4

5 White and blue 5

6 Green 6

7 White and brown 7

8 Brown 8

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

260

Page 266: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 4-10 Pin assignments of a crossover cable

X1 Pin Wire Color X2 Pin

1 White and orange 3

2 Orange 6

3 White and green 1

4 Blue 4

5 White and blue 5

6 Green 2

7 White and brown 7

8 Brown 8

Technical SpecificationsSpecification Description

Connector (X1/X2) RJ45 connector

Type Category-3 and category-5 unshielded twisted pairs(UTP-3 and UTP-5) or shielded twisted pairs (STP)

Color Dark gray

Characteristic impedance 100.0 ohms

Wire diameter of the innerconductor

0.510 mm

Breakdown voltage 500.0 V

DC resistance of the innerconductor

93.8 ohms/km

Number of wires 8

Frequency range 0-100 MHz

Frequency attenuation 22 dB/100 m@100 MHz

4.9 CXP High-Speed CableA CXP high-speed cable connects two MA5616s to form a node level vectoring (NLV)system, canceling the crosstalk on VDSL2 lines between the two MA5616s.

Cable ConnectionThe connection of a CXP high-speed cable is as follows:

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

261

Page 267: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l One end of the cable connects to the VEI port on the cascading MA5616.

l The other end of the cable connects to the VEI port on the cascaded MA5616.

Cable Structure

Figure 4-12 shows the structure of the CXP high-speed cable.

Figure 4-12 Structure of the CXP high-speed cable

Wiring Chart

Figure 4-13 shows the wiring chart of the CXP high-speed cable.

Figure 4-13 Wiring chart of the CXP high-speed cable

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

262

Page 268: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Technical SpecificationsTable 4-11 lists the technical specifications of the CXP high-speed cable.

Table 4-11 Technical specifications of the CXP high-speed cable

Item Parameter

Connector X1 or X2 CXP84M

Color Black

Jacket material PVC

Flame-retardant rating UL CL2 or VW-1

Number of cores two cables, each providing 12 pairs of wires

Wire diameter of theconductor

30 AWG

Length 1.5 m, 3.0 m or 5.5 m

Bending radius 24 mm

Maximum outgoing linelength

55 mm

4.10 Environment Monitoring CableAn environment monitoring cable connects the control board of the device to sensors forcollecting the information about various environmental parameters.

ConnectionAn environment monitoring cable gathers signals of various sensors and transmits the signalsto the control board for processing. It is connected as follows:

l One end of the cable is a DB-9 plug connecting to a DB-9 jack, leading out multiplewires to connect to corresponding sensors.

l The other end of the cable is an RJ45 connector connecting to the ALARM port on thecontrol board.

Appearance and StructureFigure 4-14 shows the appearance of an environment monitoring cable.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

263

Page 269: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 4-14 Appearance of an environment monitoring cable

Figure 4-15 shows the structure of an environment monitoring cable.

Figure 4-15 Structure of an environment monitoring cable

Pin Assignments

Table 4-12 describes the pin assignments of an environment monitoring cable.

Table 4-12 Pin assignments of an environment monitoring cable

X1 Pin Wire Color X2 Pin

1 Blue 1

2 White and blue 2

3 Orange 3

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

264

Page 270: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

X1 Pin Wire Color X2 Pin

4 White and orange 4

5 Green 5

6 White and green 6

7 Brown 7

8 White and brown 8

Technical Specifications

Table 4-13 lists the technical specifications of an environment monitoring cable.

Table 4-13 Technical specifications of an environment monitoring cable

Parameter Description

Connector (X1) type DB-9 plug

Connector (X2) type RJ45 connector

Cable type UTP CAT5E

Color PANTONE 430U

Characteristic impedance 100.0 ohms

Core diameter of the innerconductor

0.500 mm

Breakdown voltage 500.0 V

DC resistance of the innerconductor

93.8 ohms/km

Number of wires 8

Frequency range 0-100 MHz

Frequency attenuation 22 dB/100 m@100 MHz

4.11 Clock Bridging CableThe clock Bridging cable is a 120-ohm-to-75-ohm clock cable and is used for transmittingclock/time signals.

Connection

The clock Bridging cable is connected as follows:

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

265

Page 271: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l One end of the cable is an RJ45 connector connecting to the CLK/TOD port on thecontrol board.

l The other end is connected to the external clock device. The connector must be madebased on the on-site situation.

Structure

Figure 4-16 shows the structure of the clock bridging cable.

Figure 4-16 Structure of the clock bridging cable

Pin Assignment

Table 4-14 lists the pin assignment of the clock bridging cable connector.

Table 4-14 Pin assignment of the clock bridging cable connector

120-Ohm Cable 75-Ohm Cable

Connector Pin Color Relation Core No.

X1.1 Orange Twisted pair W1

X1.2 White

X1.4 Blue Twisted pair W2

X1.5 White

X1.3 Green Twisted pair W3

X1.6 White

X1.7 White Twisted pair W4

X1.8 Brown

Technical Specifications

Table 4-15 lists the technical specifications of the clock bridging cable.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

266

Page 272: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 4-15 Technical specifications of the clock bridging cable

Item Specification

Cable 120 ohm To 75 ohm Clock Cable

Connector X1type

Network Interface Connector, 8-Bit 8PIN, Crystal Model Connector

120-ohm cabletype

Twisted-Pair Cable, 120 ohm, SEYVP, 0.4 mm, 26AWG, 4Pairs,Pantone 430U

75-ohm cabletype

Coaxial Cable, SYV-75-2-2(4.0Z)-1/0.34 mm, OD3.9 mm, Double-Layer Copper Braid Shielded

4.12 Subscriber CableThis topic covers the applications, appearances, pin assignments, and technical specificationsof subscriber cables.

4.12.1 32-Channel Subscriber CableA 32-Channel subscriber cable connects a service board to the MDF for transmitting audio,video and data signals.

ApplicationOne end of a 32-channel subscriber cable is a Champ 64-pin connector connected to a port ofa service board, and the other end is bare wires connected to the MDF.

Appearance and StructureFigure 4-17 shows the appearance of a 32-channel subscriber cable.

Figure 4-17 Appearance of a 32-channel subscriber cable

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

267

Page 273: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 4-18 shows the structure of a 32-channel subscriber cable.

Figure 4-18 Structure of a 32-channel subscriber cable

Pin AssignmentsFigure 4-19 shows the pin assignments of a 32-channel subscriber cable.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

268

Page 274: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 4-19 Pin assignments of a 32-channel subscriber cable

Technical SpecificationsTable 4-16 lists the technical specifications of a 32-channel subscriber cable.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

269

Page 275: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 4-16 Technical specifications of a 32-channel subscriber cable

Parameter Description

Connector Champ 64-pin

Cable type Symmetrical twisted pair

Color PANTONE 430U

Characteristic impedance 100.0 ohms

Wire diameter of the inner conductor 0.400 mm

Wire gauge of the inner conductor 26 AWG

Number of wires 64

Breakdown voltage 1000.0 V

DC resistance of the inner conductor 145.0 ohms/km

Frequency range ADSL: 1 MHz - 20 MHzVDSL: 1 MHz - 30 MHz

Frequency attenuation ≤ 2.95 dB/100 m (1 MHz)

Capacitance ≤ 56 nF/km (1 kHz)

4.13 E1 Trunk CableThis topic covers the applications, appearances, pin assignments, and technical specificationsof E1 trunk cables.

4.13.1 75-ohm E1 Trunk CableA 75-ohm E1 trunk cable is a communication cable used for transmitting E1 trunk signals.

ApplicationA 75-ohm E1 trunk cable can transmit eight channels of E1 signals. The cable is connected asfollows:

l One end is a 44-pin connector, connecting to an E1 port on a board.l The other end is bare wires, connecting to the DDF.

AppearanceA 75-ohm E1 trunk cable is a coaxial cable and Figure 4-20 shows its appearance.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

270

Page 276: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 4-20 Appearance of a 75-ohm trunk cable

Figure 4-21 shows the structure of a 75-ohm E1 trunk cable.

Figure 4-21 Structure of a 75-ohm E1 trunk cable

Pin AssignmentsTable 4-17 describes the pin assignments of a 75-ohm E1 trunk cable.

NOTE

"SN" in "Cable and SN" is the print on the cable sheath.

A 75-ohm E1 trunk cable consists of the shield layer and wire.

In Table 4-17, "Rx/Tx Channel" indicates that the transmitting is from the board and the receiving is tothe board.

l R0: receive end of channel 0 E1 signals

l T0: transmit end of channel 0 E1 signals

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

271

Page 277: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 4-17 Pin assignments of the 75-ohm E1 trunk cable

X1 Pin Cable and SN Rx/TxChannel

X1 Pin Cable and SN Rx/TxChannel

38 Shieldlayer

1 R0 15 Shieldlayer

2 T0

23 Wire 30 Wire

37 Shieldlayer

3 R1 14 Shieldlayer

4 T1

22 Wire 29 Wire

36 Shieldlayer

5 R2 13 Shieldlayer

6 T2

21 Wire 28 Wire

35 Shieldlayer

7 R3 12 Shieldlayer

8 T3

20 Wire 27 Wire

34 Shieldlayer

9 R4 11 Shieldlayer

10 T4

19 Wire 26 Wire

33 Shieldlayer

11 R5 10 Shieldlayer

12 T5

18 Wire 25 Wire

32 Shieldlayer

13 R6 9 Shieldlayer

14 T6

17 Wire 24 Wire

31 Shieldlayer

15 R7 8 Shieldlayer

16 T7

16 Wire 7 Wire

Technical Specifications

Table 4-18 lists the technical specifications of a 75-ohm E1 trunk cable.

Table 4-18 Technical specifications of a 75-ohm E1 trunk cable

Parameter Description

Connector DB44 connector

Cable type Coaxial cable

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

272

Page 278: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Parameter Description

Characteristic impedance 75.0 ohms

Cable diameter 2.20 mm

Wire diameter of the inner conductor 0.25 mm

DC resistance of the inner conductor ≤ 355.0 ohms/km

Frequency attenuation 4.2 dB/100 m@2 MHz

Capacitance ≤ 64 pF/m

4.13.2 120-ohm E1 Trunk CableA 120-ohm E1 trunk cable is a communication cable used for transmitting E1 trunk signals.

ApplicationA 120-ohm E1 trunk cable can transmit eight channels of E1 signals. The cable is connectedas follows:

l One end is a 44-pin connector, connecting to an E1 port on a board.l The other end is bare wires, connecting to the DDF.

AppearanceA 120-ohm E1 trunk cable is a twisted pair cable and Figure 4-22 shows its appearance.

Figure 4-22 Appearance of a 120-ohm trunk cable

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

273

Page 279: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 4-23 shows the structure of a 120-ohm E1 trunk cable.

Figure 4-23 Structure of a 120-ohm E1 trunk cable

Pin Assignments

Table 4-19 describes the pin assignments of a 120-ohm E1 trunk cable.

Table 4-19 Pin assignments of the 120-ohm E1 trunk cable

X1 Cable W1 Remark X1 Cable W2 Remark

CoreColor

Relationship

CoreColor

Relationship

15 Blue Pair 1 Tx1- 38 Blue Pair1 Rx1-

30 White Tx1+ 23 White Rx1+

14 Orange Pair 2 Tx2- 37 Orange Pair2 Rx2-

29 White Tx2+ 22 White Rx2+

13 Green Pair 3 Tx3- 36 Green Pair3 Rx3-

28 White Tx3+ 21 White Rx3+

12 Brown Pair 4 Tx4- 35 Brown Pair4 Rx4-

27 White Tx4+ 20 White Rx4+

11 Grey Pair 5 Tx5- 34 Grey Pair5 Rx5-

26 White Tx5+ 19 White Rx5+

10 Blue Pair 6 Tx6- 33 Blue Pair6 Rx6-

25 Red Tx6+ 18 Red Rx6+

9 Orange Pair 7 Tx7- 32 Orange Pair7 Rx7-

24 Red Tx7+ 17 Red Rx7+

8 Green Pair 8 Tx8- 31 Green Pair8 Rx8-

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

274

Page 280: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

X1 Cable W1 Remark X1 Cable W2 Remark

CoreColor

Relationship

CoreColor

Relationship

7 Red Tx8+ 16 Red Rx8+

Technical Specifications

Table 4-20 Technical specifications of a 120-ohm E1 trunk cable

Parameter Description

Connector DB44 connector

Cable type Symmetrical twisted pair

Characteristic impedance 120.0 ohms

Core diameter of the inner conductor 0.50 mm

Wire gauge of the inner conductor 24 AWG

DC resistance of the inner conductor 98.0 ohms/km

Frequency attenuation ≤ 2.20 dB/100 [email protected] MHz

Capacitance ≤ 56.0 pF/m@1 KHz

4.14 Optical FiberAn optical fiber connects an optical port to an upstream device or optical network terminal.

Appearance and StructureThe appearances of a single-mode optical fiber and a multi-mode optical fiber are the same,but their colors are different. The single-mode optical fiber is yellow, and the multi-modeoptical fiber is orange.

Figure 4-24 and Figure 4-25 show the appearances of single-mode optical fibers withdifferent connectors.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

275

Page 281: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 4-24 Appearance of a single-mode optical fiber with LC/PC connectors

Figure 4-25 Appearance of a single-mode optical fiber with SC/PC (SC/UPC) connectors

An optical fiber carries optical signals. It is connected as follows:

l One end of the optical fiber is connected to an optical port of a board.

l The other end of the optical fiber is connected to the optical distribution frame (ODF),optical port of the upper layer device, or optical port of other devices.

Fiber Selection Criterion

Table 4-21 lists the criteria for selecting optical fibers. Table 4-22 lists common opticalconnectors.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

276

Page 282: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 4-21 Criteria for selecting optical fibers

Determine ... According to ...

Length Survey result

Single-mode ormulti-mode

Optical module type

Optical connectortype

l Square connector: SC/PC, SC/UPC and LC/PCl Round connector: FC/PC

Table 4-22 Common optical connectors

SC/PC (SC/UPC) connectorLC/PC connector

FC/PC connector

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 4 Cable

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

277

Page 283: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

5 Electromechanical Device

About This Chapter

This topic covers the functions, front panels, input terminals, output terminals, andspecifications of the electromechanical devices for the MA5616.

5.1 EPS30-4815AF Power SystemThe AC-powered cabinet uses the EPS30-4815AF power system to convert the AC input intothe DC power for power distribution.

5.2 ETP4830 Power SystemAn AC-powered cabinet uses the ETP4830 power system to convert the AC power to the DCpower for power distribution. The small and modular ETP4830 power system supports easyinstallation and maintenance, effective LCD interface management, and excellent securityspecifications design. The power system supports a maximum of 30 A output current.

5.1 EPS30-4815AF Power SystemThe AC-powered cabinet uses the EPS30-4815AF power system to convert the AC input intothe DC power for power distribution.

FunctionThe EPS30-4815AF power system converts one AC input into two DC outputs to implementthe DC power distribution. It can be connected to one set of batteries and use its monitoringmodule to manage the batteries.

The EPS30-4815AF power system can also use the external sensor transfer box to collect andreport the status of sensors and standby detected parameters.

NOTE

The rectifier modules of the EPS30-4815AF power system work in the load balancing and mutual hotbackup mode.

AppearanceFigure 5-1 shows the appearance of the EPS30-4815AF power system.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

278

Page 284: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 5-1 Appearance of the EPS30-4815AF power system

Rectifier module

Monitoring module

Configuration

Table 5-1 lists the component configuration of the EPS30-4815AF power system.

Table 5-1 Component configuration of the EPS30-4815AF power system

Component Configuration

GERM4815T rectifier module 1 to 2 (optional)

EPMU03 monitoring module 1

Rack-EPS30-4815AFEM AC/DC powersupply unit

1

The EPS30-4815AF power system can be configured with two rectifier modules, which areconnected in parallel for output.

Table 5-2 shows the mapping between the number of rectifier modules in the EPS30-4815AFpower system and the maximum output current.

Table 5-2 Mapping between the number of rectifier modules of the EPS30-4815AF powersystem and the maximum output current

Quantity of Rectifier Modules Maximum Output Current

1 15 A

2 30 A

LED Description

Table 5-3 describes the LEDs on the rectifier module of the EPS30-4815AF power system.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

279

Page 285: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 5-3 LEDs on the rectifier module of the EPS30-4815AF power system

LED Status Description

RUN The green LED is on. The rectifier module works in the normalstate.

The green LED is off. This LED is off when the red LED is on orthe yellow LED is on which is not caused bythe output overcurrent.

ALM The yellow LED is on. An alarm has been generated for the rectifiermodule. The possible causes are as follows:l The AC power is cut off or no AC power

is supplied.l Over-temperature protection is enabled.l Primary protection is enabled.

Specifically, the rectifier moduleautomatic protection function is enableddue to a high voltage on the AC inputend.

l Overcurrent protection is enabled.Specifically, the rectifier moduleautomatic protection function is enabledbecause the DC output current of therectifier module exceeds the currentrange supported by the rectifier module.

The yellow LED blinks. The communication of the rectifier moduleis interrupted.

The yellow LED is off. The rectifier module works in the normalstate.

FAULT The red LED is on. The rectifier module is faulty. The possiblecauses are as follows:l The AC power supply is faulty.l The output voltage is 0 V.l The fan is faulty.l The rectifier module output is short-

circuited or does not work.

The red LED is off. The rectifier module works in the normalstate.

Table 5-4 describes the LEDs on the monitoring module of the EPS30-4815AF power system.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

280

Page 286: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 5-4 LEDs on the monitoring module of the EPS30-4815AF power system

LED Status Description

RUN The green LED is on for1s and off for 1srepeatedly.

The monitoring module works in the normalstate.

The green LED isblinking quickly.

The monitoring unit hardware is normal butthe communication between the monitoringunit and the upper layer device is faulty.

The green LED is off. The monitoring module is faulty or there isno AC power input.

ALM The red LED is on. The system generates a critical alarm or thebattery is disconnected.

The red LED is off. The system does not generate any criticalalarm and the battery is already connected.

Input TerminalThe EPS30-4815AF power system supports one 220 V AC power input and the standard 3-pin connector is used.

Figure 5-2 shows the input terminals of the EPS30-4815AF power system.

Figure 5-2 Input terminals of the EPS30-4815AF power system

AC INPUT

RUN

ALM

AC INPUT

RUN

ALARM

FAULT

GERM4815T GERM4815T

RUN

ALARM

FAULT

EPMU03COM

RS232/RS485

FU-BT20A

FU-110A

FU-220A

DC OUTPUT

LOAD110A

LOAD220A

BATT.20A

Output TerminalThe EPS30-4815AF power system supports three output terminals. The two pins on the left ofthe output terminal are the output positive pole and the two pins on the right of the outputterminal are the output negative pole.

Figure 5-3 shows the output terminals of the EPS30-4815AF power system.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

281

Page 287: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Figure 5-3 Output terminals of the EPS30-4815AF power system

RUN

ALM

AC INPUT

RUN

ALARM

FAULT

GERM4815T GERM4815T

RUN

ALARM

FAULT

EPMU03COM

RS232/RS485

FU-BT20A

FU-110A

FU-220A

DC OUTPUT

LOAD110A

LOAD220A

BATT.20A

DC OUTPUT

LOAD110A

LOAD220A

BATT.20A

+ + - -

Figure 5-4 shows the fuses of the output tributaries in the EPS30-4815AF power system.

Figure 5-4 Fuses of the output tributaries in the EPS30-4815AF power system

RUN

ALM

AC INPUT

RUN

ALARM

FAULT

GERM4815T GERM4815T

RUN

ALARM

FAULT

EPMU03COM

RS232/RS485

FU-BT20A

FU-110A

FU-220A

DC OUTPUT

LOAD110A

LOAD220A

BATT.20A

FU-BT20A

FU-220A

FU-110A

Table 5-5 shows the mapping between the fuses of the output tributaries and the loadtributaries.

Table 5-5 Mapping between the fuses of the output tributaries and the load tributaries

Fuse of the Output Tributary Load Tributary

FU-1 (10 A) LOAD1 (10 A)

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

282

Page 288: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Fuse of the Output Tributary Load Tributary

FU-2 (20 A) LOAD2 (20 A)

FU-BT (20 A) BATT (20 A)

DIP Switch

The EPS30-4815AF power system provides a DIP switch, the DIP switch is on the rightmiddle of the monitoring module control board, which can be seen after you remove themonitoring module. The DIP switch has eight available electrical switches. ON indicates 1,and OFF indicates 0. Table 5-6 describes the settings of DIP switch.

Table 5-6 Settings of the DIP switch

ElectricalSwitch

Setting Indication FactoryDefault

1-5 Supported Used to set the address of the environmentmonitoring module.

1: OFF2: OFF3: OFF4: OFF5: OFF

6 ON The rate of the serial port is 9600 bit/s. ON

OFF The rate of the serial port is 19200 bit/s.

7 Notsupported

- OFF

8 Notsupported

- OFF

The DIP switches 1-5 are used to set the address of the environment monitoring module,Table 5-7 shows the settings of the DIP switches.

Table 5-7 Settings of the DIP switches 1-5

5 4 3 2 1 Address Value

0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 1 1

0 0 0 1 0 2

0 0 0 1 1 3

0 0 1 0 0 4

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

283

Page 289: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

5 4 3 2 1 Address Value

0 0 1 0 1 5

0 0 1 1 0 6

0 0 1 1 1 7

0 1 0 0 0 8

0 1 0 0 1 9

0 1 0 1 0 A

0 1 0 1 1 B

0 1 1 0 0 C

0 1 1 0 1 D

0 1 1 1 0 E

0 1 1 1 1 F

1 0 0 0 0 10

.. .. .. .. .. ..

SpecificationsTable 5-8 lists the specifications of the EPS30-4815AF power system.

Table 5-8 Specifications of the EPS30-4815AF power system

Parameter Specification

Input l Rated input voltage: 220 V AC (90-290 V AC) (Notethat in the range of 90-176 V AC, the output current alsodecreases linearly, limited within a specified range.)

l Maximum input current: 10 Al Frequency: 50 Hz (45-65 Hz)

Output l Rated output voltage: -53.5 V DCl Voltage range: -43.2 V DC to -57.6 V DCl Output current:

– LOAD1: 10 A (fuse)– LOAD2: 20 A (fuse)– BATT: 20 A (fuse)

Efficiency ≥ 90% (in rated working state, 50% to 100% load)

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

284

Page 290: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Parameter Specification

Operating temperaturerange

-33°C to +65°C (Note that in the range of +50°C to +65°C,the output current also decreases linearly, limited within aspecified range.)

Cooling method Forced air cooling, with the built-in fan in the rectifiermodule

Dimensions (excludingmounting ears)

442 mm x 250 mm x 43.6 mm (W x D x H)

5.2 ETP4830 Power SystemAn AC-powered cabinet uses the ETP4830 power system to convert the AC power to the DCpower for power distribution. The small and modular ETP4830 power system supports easyinstallation and maintenance, effective LCD interface management, and excellent securityspecifications design. The power system supports a maximum of 30 A output current.

FunctionThe ETP4830 power system supports the following functions:

l Converts AC input to DC inputs and provides the DC inputs for communication devices.

l Communicates with the upper device using a COM or an RS485/RS232 serial port;sends control signals based on the values of monitored parameters or the controlcommand sent by the upper device; detects power distribution parameters, power supplymodule parameters, and auxiliary digital parameters in real time.

l Connects to one group of lead acid batteries and uses a site monitoring unit (SMU) tomanage the batteries. Manages battery charging and discharging, ensuring efficientbattery usage.

l Connects to a sensor transfer box using a DB50 port, detecting analog parameters anddigital parameters, and outputting control signals.

l Uses the SMU to monitor all running parameters for the ETP4830 power system in realtime, determines the working status, and reports alarms in a timely manner.

Appearance

Figure 5-5 shows the appearance of the ETP4830 power system.

Figure 5-5 ETP4830 power system

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

285

Page 291: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

ConfigurationTable 5-9 describes the components of the ETP4830 power system.

Table 5-9 Component configuration of the ETP4830 power system

Component Configuration

ETP4830-A1 AC and DC powerdistribution subrack

1

Monitoring module SMU01B 1

Power supply module R4815N1/R4815G1 1 to 2 (optional; by default, the R4815N1 isconfigured)

The ETP4830 power system can be configured with two power supply modules, which areconnected in parallel for output.

Table 5-10 shows the mapping between the quantity of power supply modules in theETP4830 power system and the maximum output current.

Table 5-10 Mapping between the quantity of power supply modules of the ETP4830 powersystem and the maximum output current

Quantity of Power Supply Modules Maximum Output Current

1 15 A

2 30 A

Communication Ports on the SMU01B Monitoring ModuleTable 5-11 describes the communication ports on the SMU01B monitoring module. A usercan set the baud rate of the device using the LCD interface of the monitoring module. Thebaud rates 9600 bit/s and 19200 bit/s are automatically negotiated.

Table 5-11 Communication ports on the SMU01B monitoring module

CommunicationPort

CommunicationMode

CommunicationParameter

Description

COM RS485/RS232 Baud rate: 19200bit/s or 9600 bit/s

Used as a serial port,communicating withthe upper device

RS485/RS232 RS485/RS232 Baud rate: 19200bit/s or 9600 bit/s

Used as a serial port,supporting thenorthbound/southboundcommunications

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

286

Page 292: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

IndicatorsTable 5-12 describes the indicators on the R4815N1 power supply module.

Table 5-12 Indicators on the R4815N1 power supply module

Indicator Color Status Description

Power indicator Green Steady on Normal

Off There is no ACinput.

Blinking at afrequency of 0.5 Hz

There is AC input,and the powersupply module is inthe manual querystate.

Blinking at afrequency of 4 Hz

Data is being loadedonline.

Alarm indicator Yellow Steady on A protectionmechanism istriggered. After thefault is rectified, thePSU can be restored.

Blinking Communicationbetween the PSUand the SMU isinterrupted.

Off Normal

Fault indicator Red Steady on An unrecoverablefault occurs.

Off Normal

Blinking The power supplymodule equippedwith the EMU doesnot match the actualpower supplymodule.

Table 5-13 describes the indicators on the SMU01B monitoring module.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

287

Page 293: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 5-13 Indicators on the SMU01B monitoring module

Indicator Color Status Description

RUN Green Off The monitoringmodule is faulty orthere is no DCpower input.

Blinking at afrequency of 0.5 Hz

The monitoringmodule is workingproperly andcommunicating withthe upper deviceproperly.

Blinking at afrequency of 4 Hz

The monitoringmodule worksproperly but doesnot communicatewith the upperdevice properly.

ALM Red Off The system does notgenerate any urgentor critical alarms.

Steady on The systemgenerates urgent orcritical alarms.

Input TerminalThe ETP4830 power system supports one 110 V AC or 220 V AC input and connects to anAC input cable. Figure 5-6 shows the input terminals in the ETP4830 power system.

Figure 5-6 Input terminals in the ETP4830 power system

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

288

Page 294: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Output TerminalThe ETP4830 power system supports three output terminals. The two pins on the left of theoutput terminal are the output positive pole and the two pins on the right of the outputterminal are the output negative pole.

Figure 5-7 shows the output terminals in the ETP4830 power system.

Figure 5-7 Output terminals in the ETP4830 power system

Figure 5-8 shows the output branch fuse in the ETP4830 power system.

Figure 5-8 Output branch fuse in the ETP4830 power system

Table 5-14 shows the mapping between the fuses of the output tributaries and the loadtributaries.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

289

Page 295: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Table 5-14 Mapping between the fuses of the output tributaries and the load tributaries

Fuse of the Output Tributary Load Tributary

FU-1 (20 A) LOAD1 (20 A)

FU-2 (20 A) LOAD2 (20 A)

FU-BT (20 A) BATT (20 A), used for connecting to batteries

SpecificationsTable 5-15 lists the specifications of the ETP4830 power system.

Table 5-15 Specifications of the ETP4830 power system

Parameter Class Parameter Description

Conditions Operatingenvironmenttemperature

-40°C to +70°CNOTE

The power system can work at a temperature of70°C for 8 hours.

Operatingenvironmenthumidity

5% to 95% (no condensation)

Altitude 0 m to 4000 m(Note that in the range of 2000 m to 4000 m,the operating temperature decreases by 1°Cwhen the altitude increases by 200 m.)

AC input Mode mono-phase

Voltage 85 V AC to 300 V AC (rated value: 220 V)

Frequency 45 Hz to 66 Hz (rated value: 50 Hz)

Power factor ≥ 0.99 in the case of a rated load

Power supplymodule peakefficiency

l R4815N1: 94%l R4815G1: 96%

DC output Voltage -42 V to -58 V

Default voltage -53.5 V

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

290

Page 296: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Parameter Class Parameter Description

Maximum power l R4815N1: R481N1: 2000 W (inputvoltage: 176 V AC to 300 V AC; if thetemperature is higher than 55°C, powerdecreases linearly); 1000 W (input voltage:85 V AC to 175 V AC; if the temperatureis higher than 55°C, power decreaseslinearly)

l R4815G1: 1740 W (input voltage: 176 VAC to 300 V AC; if the temperature ishigher than 55°C, power decreaseslinearly); 870 W (input voltage: 85 V ACto 175 V AC; if the temperature is higherthan 55°C, power decreases linearly)

NOTEMaximum output power of the system = Number ofthe configured power supply modules x Outputpower of each power supply module

Regulated voltageprecision

≤ ±0.6%

Peak noise voltage ≤ 200 mV (0 MHz to 20 MHz)

Structure Dimensions (H x Wx D) withoutbrackets

43.6 mm x 442 mm x 255 mm

Weight ≤ 8 kg (including modules)

Protection class IP20

Installation mode Installed in an IEC cabinet or an ETSI cabinetwith brackets

Maintenance mode Front access

Cooling method Forced air cooling, with the built-in fan in thepower supply module

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 5 Electromechanical Device

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

291

Page 297: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

6 Environment Requirement

About This Chapter

This appendix describes the requirements on storage environment, transportationenvironment, and running environment.

The environment can be classified into three types: storage environment, transportationenvironment, and running environment. The environment requirements are regulatedaccording to the following:

l ETSI EN 300 019l ETSI EN 300 753l IEC 60068-2

6.1 Operation EnvironmentThe operation environment must comply with ETSI EN 300 019-1-3.

6.2 Transport EnvironmentThe transport environment must comply with ETSI EN 300 019-1-2.

6.3 Storage EnvironmentThe storage environment must comply with ETSI EN 300 019-1-1.

6.4 Corrosive Gas ControlThis topic describes the requirements for corrosive gas control in the equipment room andoutdoor cabinet.

6.5 Environment Requirements on Outdoor CabinetsThis topic describes requirements on outdoor cabinets matched the device.

6.1 Operation EnvironmentThe operation environment must comply with ETSI EN 300 019-1-3.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 6 Environment Requirement

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

292

Page 298: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Climate Requirements

Table 6-1 Requirements on temperature and humidity

Temperature Relative Humidity

-40°C to 65°C 5% to 95%

NOTEThe point where temperature and humidity values are taken is 1.5 meters above floor level and 0.4meters in front of the cabinet when there is no protection board in either the front or back of the cabinet.

To improve product application reliability, it is recommended that a dedicated precise air-conditioner be installed in an equipment room and the temperature and relative humidity becontrolled within the following ranges:l Temperature range: 15°C to 30°Cl Relative humidity range: 40% to 75%

NOTE

Do not install the air-conditioner above the equipment and ensure that the air exhaust vent of the air-conditioner is not directly towards the equipment. Keep the air-conditioner away from a window aspossible to ensure that no moisture from the window is blown towards the equipment through the air-conditioner.

Table 6-2 Requirements on climate

Item Range

Altitude ≤4000 m

NOTEThe air density varies with the altitude, which affects the heat dissipation capabilities of devices.Therefore, the working temperature of the device changes with the altitude.

Biological Requirementsl The environment must be free of mold and mildew.l The environment must be free of rodents (such as mice).

6.2 Transport EnvironmentThe transport environment must comply with ETSI EN 300 019-1-2.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 6 Environment Requirement

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

293

Page 299: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Climate Requirements

Table 6-3 Requirements on climate

Item Range

Atmospheric pressure 55 kPa to 106 kPa

Temperature -40°C (-104°F) to +70°C (+158°F)

Temperature change rate ≤ 1°C /min

Relative humidity 5% to 95%

Solar radiation ≤ 1120 W/m2

Heat radiation ≤ 600 W/m2

Waterproof Requirements

During transportation, ensure that the following conditions are met:

l The packing boxes are intact.

l Appropriate measures are taken to prevent the ingress of rainwater.

l The transportation facilities are dry.

Biological Requirementsl The environment must be free of mold and mildew.

l The environment must be free of rodents (such as mice).

Air Quality Requirementsl The environment must be free of explosive, conductive, magnetic conductive, and

corrosive dust.

l The density of mechanically active substances must meet the requirements listed inTable 6-4.

l The density of chemically active substances must meet the requirements in ETSI EN300019-1-2 and IEC 60721-3-2.

Table 6-4 Requirements on the density of mechanically active substances

Mechanically Active Substance Density

Suspended dust No requirement

Deposited dust ≤ 3.0 mg/(m2•h)

Sand ≤ 100 mg/m3

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 6 Environment Requirement

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

294

Page 300: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Mechanical Stress Requirements

Table 6-5 Requirements on mechanical stress

Frequency (Hz) PSD (g2/Hz) Remarks

1 0.00072 For class-A packaging: the startfrequency is 5 Hz. For class-Bpackaging: If the start frequencyof the device to be tested cannotreach 1 Hz, the start frequency canbe changed. However, the changedstart frequency cannot higher than2 Hz.

3 0.018

4 0.018

5 0.01

100 0.01

135 0.00148

200 0.001

201 0.00012

300 0.00001

Root-mean-squareacceleration (Grms)

1.087

The random vibration spectrum curve (PSD vs Hz) set according to the preceding tablecomplies with the the following figure.

Item Subitem Range

Shock (100 collisions) Response spectrum I(mass > 50 kg)

100 m/s2, 11 ms, 100 collisions onevery side

Response spectrum II(mass ≤ 50 kg)

180 m/s2, 6 ms, 100 collisions onevery side

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 6 Environment Requirement

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

295

Page 301: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Item Subitem Range

NOTEShock response spectrum (SRS): indicates the maximum acceleration response curve generated by thedevice under specified shocks.

Packaging Materials

Boards must be packed with the original packaging materials during transportation. If theoriginal packaging materials are lost, contact Huawei.

6.3 Storage EnvironmentThe storage environment must comply with ETSI EN 300 019-1-1.

Climate Requirements

Table 6-6 Requirements on climate

Item Range

Atmospheric pressure 70 kPa to 106 kPa

Temperature -40°C (-104°F) to +70°C (+158°F)

Temperature change rate ≤ 1°C /min

Relative humidity 5% to 100%

Solar radiation ≤1120 W/m2

Heat radiation ≤600 W/m2

Waterproof Requirementsl The equipment must be protected from water ingress. It should be stored indoors on a

dry floor away from fire-fighting and heating facilities and places where water leaks mayoccur.

l If storing the equipment outdoors, ensure that the following conditions are met:– The packing boxes are intact.– Appropriate measures are taken to prevent the ingress of rainwater.– The ground where the packing boxes are stored is dry.– The packing boxes are protected from direct sunlight.

Biological Requirementsl The environment must be free of mold and mildew.l The environment must be free of rodents (such as mice).

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 6 Environment Requirement

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

296

Page 302: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

Air Quality Requirementsl The environment must be free of explosive, conductive, magnetic conductive, and

corrosive dust.l The density of mechanically active substances must meet the requirements listed in

Table 6-7.l The density of chemically active substances must meet the requirements in ETSI EN

300019-1-1 and IEC 60721-3-1.

Table 6-7 Requirements on the density of mechanically active substances

Mechanically ActiveSubstance

Density

Suspended dust ≤ 5.00 mg/m3

Deposited dust ≤ 20.0 mg/(m2 •h)

Sand ≤ 300 mg/m3

Mechanical Stress Requirements

Table 6-8 Requirements on mechanical stress

Item Subitem Range

Randomvibration

Acceleration spectraldensity

- 0.02m2/s3 -

Frequency range 5–10 Hz 10–50 Hz 50–100 Hz

dB/oct 12 - -12

6.4 Corrosive Gas ControlThis topic describes the requirements for corrosive gas control in the equipment room andoutdoor cabinet.

In addition to dust-proof efforts, measures should be taken to prevent the equipment room andoutdoor cabinet from being corroded by harmful gases such as SO2, H2S, and NH3. Thedensity of these harmful gases should meet requirements of ETSI 300019-1-3, IEC60721-3-3,and GR-63-CORE.

To meet the previous requirements, the customer or involving parties must take the followingmeasures:

l Construct the equipment room and outdoor cabinet far away from places with highcorrosive gas density such as the place near a chemical plant.

l Ensure that the air intake vent of the equipment room and outdoor cabinet does not facepollution sources.

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 6 Environment Requirement

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

297

Page 303: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

l Isolate storage batteries and generator from the equipment by placing them in anotherroom.

l Invite a professional company to detect the environment regularly.

6.5 Environment Requirements on Outdoor CabinetsThis topic describes requirements on outdoor cabinets matched the device.

l Water-proof and Dust-proof:IP55

l Heat dissipation:≥ 100 mm away from the air intake vent or air exhaust vent of the outdoor cabinet toother buildings

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 6 Environment Requirement

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

298

Page 304: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

7 A Acronyms and Abbreviations

A

AC alternating current

ADSL2+ asymmetric digital subscriber line 2 plus

B

BRA base rate adaptation

D

DC direct current

DSP digital signal processor

E

EMI electromagnetic interference

ESC electric supervisory channel

F

FC ferrule connector

FE fast Ethernet

G

GE gigabit Ethernet

GND ground

GPON gigabit passive optical network

I

IP Internet Protocol

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 7 A Acronyms and Abbreviations

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

299

Page 305: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

ISDN integrated services digital network

L

LC Lucent connector

M

MDF main distribution frame

MELT metallic loop test

O

ODF optical distribution frame

P

PC physical connect

PGND protection ground

PHY physical sublayer/physical layer

PON passive optical network

POTS plain old telephone service

PSTN public switched telephone network

S

SC square connector

SCU service control unit

SELT single ended loop testing

SFF small form factor

SFP small form-factor pluggable

SHDSL single-line high speed digital subscriber line

STP shielded twisted pair

U

UTOPIA universal test and operations PHY interface for ATM

UTP unshielded twisted pair

V

VDSL very high speed digital subscriber line

VoIP Voice over IP

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 7 A Acronyms and Abbreviations

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

300

Page 306: Hardware Description - huawei.communicationsmuseum.org.uk

X

xDSL x digital subscriber line

SmartAX MA5616 Multi-service Access ModuleHardware Description 7 A Acronyms and Abbreviations

Issue 09 (2017-06-30) Huawei Proprietary and ConfidentialCopyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

301